SEC Filing | Coca-Cola Consolidated, Inc.

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

FORM 10-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2006

Commission file number 0-9286

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware		56-0950585
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

4100 Coca-Cola Plaza, Charlotte, North Carolina 28211

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(704) 557-4400

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $l.00 Par Value

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

State the aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.


		Market Value as of July 1, 2005
Common Stock, $l.00 Par Value		$228,139,394
Class B Common Stock, $l.00 Par Value		*

*	No market exists for the shares of Class B Common Stock, which is neither registered under Section 12 of the Act nor subject to Section 15(d) of the Act. The Class B Common Stock is convertible into Common Stock on a share-for-share basis at the option of the holder.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.


Class		Outstanding as of February 28, 2006
Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value		6,643,077
Class B Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value		2,460,252

Documents Incorporated by Reference


Portions of Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act with respect to the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders		Part III, Items 10-14

Table of Contents


		Page
Part I
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	9
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	13
Item 2.	Properties	13
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	14
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	15
	Executive Officers of the Company	15

Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	17
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	18
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	19
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	45
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	87
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	87
Item 9B.	Other Information	87

Part III
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Company	88
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	88
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	88
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	88
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	88

Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	89

	Signatures	96

PART I

Item 1. Business

Introduction

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated, a Delaware corporation (together with its majority-owned subsidiaries, the “Company”), produces, markets and distributes nonalcoholic beverages, primarily products of The Coca-Cola Company, Atlanta, Georgia (“The Coca-Cola Company”) which include some of the most recognized and popular beverage brands in the world. Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated, which was incorporated in 1980, and its predecessors have been in the soft drink manufacturing and distribution business since 1902.

The Company is the second largest Coca-Cola bottler in the United States. The Company considers opportunities for acquiring additional territories on an ongoing basis. To achieve its goals, further purchases and sales of bottling rights and entities possessing such rights and other related transactions designed to facilitate such purchases and sales may occur. Since 2000, the Company has placed significant emphasis on new product innovation and product line extensions as a strategy to increase overall revenue.

The Coca-Cola Company currently owns 27.3% of the Company’s total outstanding Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on a combined basis. J. Frank Harrison, III, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is party to a Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy with The Coca-Cola Company pursuant to which, among other things, Mr. Harrison, III has been granted an Irrevocable Proxy for life concerning the shares of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock owned by The Coca-Cola Company. Mr. Harrison, III currently owns or controls approximately 92% of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

General

In its soft drink operations, the Company holds Bottle Contracts and Allied Bottle Contracts under which it produces and markets, in certain regions, carbonated soft drink products of The Coca-Cola Company, including Coca-Cola classic, caffeine free Coca-Cola classic, Coca-Cola Zero, Coca-Cola with lime, diet Coke, diet Coke with lemon, diet Coke with lime, caffeine free diet Coke, Cherry Coke, diet Cherry Coke, Vanilla Coke, diet Vanilla Coke, Black Cherry Vanilla Coca-Cola, diet Black Cherry Vanilla Coca-Cola, Coca-Cola C2, TAB, Sprite, diet Sprite, Sprite Remix, Vault, Vault Zero, Mello Yello, diet Mello Yello, Mr. PiBB, sugar free Mr. PiBB, Barq’s Root Beer, diet Barq’s Root Beer, Fresca, Fresca flavors, Fanta flavors, Seagrams’ products, Minute Maid orange and diet Minute Maid orange.

The Company also distributes and markets under Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts products such as POWERade, Dasani and Minute Maid Juices To Go in certain of its markets. The Company produces and markets Dr Pepper in some of its regions. The Company also distributes and markets various other products, including Dasani flavors, Minute Maid Adult Refreshments, Full Throttle, Rockstar and Sundrop, in one or more of the Company’s regions under agreements with the companies that manufacture the concentrate for those beverages. In addition, the Company also produces soft drinks for other Coca-Cola bottlers.

The Company’s principal soft drink is Coca-Cola classic. In each of the last three fiscal years, sales of products under the Coca-Cola trademark have accounted for more than half of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume to retail customers. In total, the products of The Coca-Cola Company accounted for approximately 90%, 90% and 91% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume to retail customers during fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Beverage Agreements

The Company holds contracts with The Coca-Cola Company which entitle the Company to produce and market The Coca-Cola Company’s soft drinks in bottles, cans and five gallon pressurized pre-mix containers. The Company is one of many companies holding such contracts. The Coca-Cola Company is the sole owner of the secret formulas pursuant to which the primary components (either concentrates or syrups) of Coca-Cola trademark beverages and other trademark beverages are manufactured. The concentrates, when mixed with water and sweetener, produce syrup which, when mixed with carbonated water, produces the soft drink known as “Coca-Cola classic” and other soft drinks of The Coca-Cola Company which are manufactured and marketed by the Company. The Company also purchases sweeteners from The Coca-Cola Company. No royalty or other compensation is paid under the contracts with The Coca-Cola Company for the Company’s right to use, in its territories, the tradenames and trademarks, such as “Coca-Cola classic” and their associated patents, copyrights, designs and labels, which are owned by The Coca-Cola Company. The Coca-Cola Company has no rights under these contracts to establish the resale prices at which the Company sells its products. The Company has similar arrangements with Dr Pepper/Seven Up, Inc. and other beverage companies.

Bottle Contracts. The Company is party to standard bottle contracts with The Coca-Cola Company for each of its bottling territories (the “Bottle Contracts”) which provide that the Company will purchase its entire requirement of concentrates and syrups for Coca-Cola classic, caffeine free Coca-Cola classic, diet Coke, Coca-Cola Zero, diet Coke with lemon, Coca-Cola with lime, diet Coke with lime, caffeine free diet Coke, Cherry Coke, diet Cherry Coke, Vanilla Coke, diet Vanilla Coke, Black Cherry Vanilla Coca-Cola, diet Black Cherry Vanilla Coca-Cola and Coca-Cola C2 (together, the “Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages”) from The Coca-Cola Company. The Company has the exclusive right to distribute Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages for sale in its territories in authorized containers of the nature currently used by the Company, which include cans and nonrefillable bottles. The Coca-Cola Company may determine from time to time what containers of this type to authorize for use by the Company. The Company cannot sell Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages outside of its bottling territories.

The prices The Coca-Cola Company charges for concentrate and syrup under the Bottle Contracts are set by The Coca-Cola Company from time to time. Except as provided in the Supplementary Agreement described below, there are no limitations on prices for concentrate or syrup. Consequently, the prices at which the Company purchases concentrate and syrup in the future under the Bottle Contracts may vary materially from the prices it has paid during the periods covered by the financial information included in this report.

Under the Bottle Contracts, the Company is obligated:

•

to maintain such plant, equipment, staff and distribution facilities as are required for the manufacture, packaging and distribution of the Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages in authorized containers, and in sufficient quantities to satisfy fully the demand for these beverages in its territories;

•

to undertake adequate quality control measures and maintain sanitation standards prescribed by The Coca-Cola Company;

•

to develop, stimulate and satisfy fully the demand for Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages and to use all approved means, and to spend such funds on advertising and other forms of marketing, as may be reasonably required to meet that objective; and

•

to maintain such sound financial capacity as may be reasonably necessary to assure performance by the Company and its affiliates of their obligations to The Coca-Cola Company.

The Bottle Contracts require the Company to submit to The Coca-Cola Company each year its plans for marketing, management and advertising with respect to the Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages for the ensuing year. Such plans must demonstrate that the Company has the financial capacity to perform its duties and obligations to The Coca-Cola Company under the Bottle Contracts. The Company must obtain The Coca-Cola

Company’s approval of those plans, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, and if the Company carries out its plans in all material respects, it will have satisfied its contractual obligations. Failure to carry out such plans in all material respects would constitute an event of default that, if not cured within 120 days of notice of such failure, would give The Coca-Cola Company the right to terminate the Bottle Contracts. If the Company at any time fails to carry out a plan in all material respects with respect to any geographic segment (as defined by The Coca-Cola Company) of its territory, and if that failure is not cured within six months of notice of such failure, The Coca-Cola Company may reduce the territory covered by the applicable Bottle Contract by eliminating the portion of the territory with respect to which the failure has occurred.

The Coca-Cola Company has no obligation under the Bottle Contracts to participate with the Company in expenditures for advertising and marketing. As it has in the past, The Coca-Cola Company may contribute to such expenditures and undertake independent advertising and marketing activities, as well as advertising and sales promotion programs which require mutual cooperation and financial support of the Company. The future levels of marketing funding support and promotional funds provided by The Coca-Cola Company may vary materially from the levels provided during the periods covered by the financial information included in this report.

The Coca-Cola Company has the right to reformulate any of the Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages and to discontinue any of the Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages, subject to certain limitations, so long as all Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages are not discontinued. The Coca-Cola Company may also introduce new beverages under the trademarks “Coca-Cola” or “Coke” or any modification thereof, and in that event the Company would be obligated to manufacture, package, distribute and sell the new beverages with the same duties as exist under the Bottle Contracts with respect to Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages.

If the Company acquires the right to manufacture and sell Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages in any additional territory, the Company has agreed that such new territory will be covered by a standard contract in the same form as the Bottle Contracts and that any existing agreement with respect to the acquired territory automatically shall be amended to conform to the terms of the Bottle Contracts. In addition, if the Company acquires control, directly or indirectly, of any bottler of Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages, or any party controlling a bottler of Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages, the Company must cause the acquired bottler to amend its franchises for the Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages to conform to the terms of the Bottle Contracts.

The Bottle Contracts are perpetual, subject to termination by The Coca-Cola Company in the event of default by the Company. Events of default by the Company include:

the Company’s insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, receivership or similar conditions;

the Company’s disposition of any interest in the securities of any bottling subsidiary without the consent of The Coca-Cola Company;

termination of any agreement regarding the manufacture, packaging, distribution or sale of Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages between The Coca-Cola Company and any person that controls the Company;

any material breach of any obligation arising under the Bottle Contracts (including, failure to make timely payment for any concentrate or syrup or of any other debt owing to The Coca-Cola Company, failure to meet sanitary or quality control standards, failure to comply strictly with manufacturing standards and instructions, failure to carry out an approved plan as described above, and failure to cure a violation of the terms regarding imitation products) that remains uncured for 120 days after notice by The Coca-Cola Company;

producing, manufacturing, selling or dealing in any product or any concentrate or syrup which might be confused with those of The Coca-Cola Company;

selling any product under any trade dress, trademark or tradename or in any container that is an imitation of a trade dress or container in which The Coca-Cola Company claims a proprietary interest; and

owning any equity interest in or controlling any entity which performs any of the activities described in (5) or (6) above.

In addition, upon termination of the Bottle Contracts for any reason, The Coca-Cola Company, at its discretion, may also terminate any other agreements with the Company regarding the manufacture, packaging, distribution, sale or promotion of soft drinks, including the Allied Bottle Contracts described below.

The Company is prohibited from assigning, transferring or pledging its Bottle Contracts or any interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior consent of The Coca-Cola Company. Moreover, the Company may not enter into any contract or other arrangement to manage or participate in the management of any other Coca-Cola bottler without the prior consent of The Coca-Cola Company.

The Coca-Cola Company may automatically amend the Bottle Contracts if 80% of the domestic bottlers who are parties to agreements with The Coca-Cola Company containing substantially the same terms as the Bottle Contracts, which bottlers purchased for their own account 80% of the syrup and equivalent gallons of concentrate for Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages purchased for the account of all such bottlers, agree that their bottle contracts shall be likewise amended.

Supplementary Agreement. The Company and The Coca-Cola Company are also parties to a Supplementary Agreement (the “Supplementary Agreement”) that modifies some of the provisions of the Bottle Contracts. The Supplementary Agreement provides that The Coca-Cola Company will:

•

exercise good faith and fair dealing in its relationship with the Company under the Bottle Contracts;

•

offer marketing funding support and exercise its rights under the Bottle Contracts in a manner consistent with its dealings with comparable bottlers;

•

offer to the Company any written amendment to the Bottle Contracts (except amendments dealing with transfer of ownership) which it offers to any other bottler in the United States; and

•

subject to certain limited exceptions, sell syrups and concentrates to the Company at prices no greater than those charged to other bottlers which are parties to contracts substantially similar to the Bottle Contracts.

The Supplementary Agreement permits transfers of the Company’s capital stock that would otherwise be limited by the Bottle Contracts.

Allied Bottle Contracts. The Company is a party to other contracts with The Coca-Cola Company (the “Allied Bottle Contracts”) which grant similar exclusive rights to the Company with respect to the distribution of TAB, Sprite, diet Sprite, Sprite Remix, Vault, Vault Zero, Mello Yello, diet Mello Yello, Mr. PiBB, sugar free Mr. PiBB, Barq’s Root Beer, diet Barq’s Root Beer, Fresca, Fresca flavors, Fanta flavors, Seagrams’ products, Minute Maid orange and diet Minute Maid orange (the “Allied Beverages”) for sale in authorized containers in its territories. These contracts contain provisions that are similar to those of the Bottle Contracts with respect to pricing, authorized containers, planning, quality control, trademark and transfer restrictions and related matters. Each Allied Bottle Contract has a term of ten years and is renewable by the Company for an additional ten years at the end of each ten-year period, but is subject to termination in the event of (1) the Company’s insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, receivership or similar condition; (2) termination of the Company’s Bottle Contracts covering the same territory by either party for any reason; and (3) any material breach of any obligation of the Company under the Allied Bottle Contracts that remains uncured for 120 days after notice by The Coca-Cola Company.

Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts. The Company purchases and distributes certain noncarbonated beverages such as isotonics, teas, juice drinks and energy drinks in finished form from The Coca-Cola Company, and produces, markets and distributes Dasani water, pursuant to the terms of marketing and distribution agreements (the “Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts”). The Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts contain provisions that are similar to the Bottle Contracts and Allied Bottle Contracts with respect to authorized containers, planning and related matters, but the Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts also have certain significant differences. Unlike the Bottle Contracts and Allied Bottle Contracts, which grant the Company exclusivity in the distribution of the respective beverages in the territory, the Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts grant exclusivity but permit The Coca-Cola Company to test market the noncarbonated beverage products in the territory, subject to the Company’s right of first refusal, and to sell the noncarbonated beverages to commissaries for delivery to retail outlets in the Company’s territory where noncarbonated beverages are consumed on-premise, including restaurants. The Coca-Cola Company must pay the Company certain fees in the event of such commissary sales. Also, under the Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts, the Company may not sell other beverages in the same product category. The Coca-Cola Company establishes the pricing the Company must pay for the noncarbonated beverages or, in the case of Dasani, the concentrate. Each of the Noncarbonated Beverage Contracts has a term of ten or fifteen years and is renewable by the Company at the end of each term.

Other Bottling Agreements. The bottling agreements from most other beverage companies are similar to those described above in that they are renewable at the option of the Company and the beverage companies. The price the beverage companies may charge for syrup or concentrate is set by the beverage companies from time to time. These bottling agreements also contain similar restrictions on the use of trademarks, approved bottles, cans and labels and sale of imitations or substitutes as well as termination for cause provisions. Sales of beverages by the Company under these agreements represented approximately 10%, 10% and 9% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume to retail customers for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The territories covered by the Allied Bottle Contracts and by bottling agreements for products of beverage companies other than The Coca-Cola Company in most cases correspond with the territories covered by the Bottle Contracts. The variations do not have a material effect on the Company’s business.

Post-Mix Rights and Sales to Other Bottlers. The Company also has the non-exclusive right to sell Coca-Cola classic and other fountain syrups (“post-mix”) of The Coca-Cola Company. In addition, the Company produces some products for sale to other Coca-Cola bottlers. Sales to other bottlers have lower gross margin but allow the Company to achieve higher utilization of its production facilities.

The Company’s net sales by category as a percentage of total net sales is as follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004		2003
Bottle/can sales volume under beverage contracts	85	%	88	%	89	%
Post-mix	5	%	6	%	5	%
Sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers	10	%	6	%	6	%

Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

The increase in sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers in 2005 resulted primarily from volume related to shipments of Full Throttle, the new energy product of The Coca-Cola Company. The Company produces Full Throttle for the majority of the Coca-Cola bottlers in the eastern half of the United States and anticipates continuing to produce this product for these Coca-Cola bottlers in 2006.

Markets and Production and Distribution Facilities

The Company currently holds bottling rights from The Coca-Cola Company covering the majority of North Carolina, South Carolina and West Virginia, and portions of Alabama, Mississippi, Tennessee, Kentucky,

Virginia, Pennsylvania, Georgia and Florida. The total population within the Company’s bottling territory is approximately 18.6 million.

The Company currently operates in seven principal geographic markets. Certain information regarding each of these markets follows:

1. North Carolina. This region includes the majority of North Carolina, including Raleigh, Greensboro, Winston-Salem, High Point, Hickory, Asheville, Fayetteville, Wilmington, Charlotte and the surrounding areas. The region has an estimated population of 8.1 million. A production/distribution facility is located in Charlotte and 17 sales distribution facilities are located in the region.

2. South Carolina. This region includes the majority of South Carolina, including Charleston, Columbia, Greenville, Myrtle Beach and the surrounding areas. The region has an estimated population of 3.3 million. There are seven sales distribution facilities in the region.

3. South Alabama. This region includes a portion of southwestern Alabama, including Mobile and surrounding areas, and a portion of southeastern Mississippi. The region has an estimated population of .9 million. A production/distribution facility is located in Mobile and four sales distribution facilities are located in the region.

4. South Georgia. This region includes a small portion of eastern Alabama, a portion of southwestern Georgia including Columbus and surrounding areas and a portion of the Florida Panhandle. This region has an estimated population of 1.1 million. There are five sales distribution facilities located in the region.

5. Middle Tennessee. This region includes a portion of central Tennessee, including Nashville and surrounding areas, a small portion of southern Kentucky and a small portion of northwest Alabama. The region has an estimated population of 2.1 million. A production/distribution facility is located in Nashville and three sales distribution facilities are located in the region.

6. Western Virginia. This region includes most of southwestern Virginia, including Roanoke and surrounding areas, a portion of the southern piedmont of Virginia, a portion of northeastern Tennessee and a portion of southeastern West Virginia. The region has an estimated population of 1.6 million. A production/distribution facility is located in Roanoke and five sales distribution facilities are located in the region.

7. West Virginia. This region includes most of the state of West Virginia and a portion of southwestern Pennsylvania. The region has an estimated population of 1.5 million. There are eight sales distribution facilities located in the region.

The Company is a member of South Atlantic Canners (“SAC”), a manufacturing cooperative located in Bishopville, South Carolina. All eight members of SAC are Coca-Cola bottlers and each member has equal voting rights. On June 1, 1994, the Company executed a management agreement with SAC. The Company receives a fee for managing the day-to-day operations of SAC pursuant to the management agreement. On June 1, 2004, the Company executed a new management agreement with SAC that extends through May 2014. The terms of the new management agreement are comparable to the prior agreement. Management fees earned from SAC were $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.3 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. SAC’s bottling lines supply a portion of the Company’s volume requirements for finished products. The Company has a commitment with SAC that requires minimum annual purchases of 17.5 million cases of finished product through May 2014. Purchases from SAC by the Company for finished products were $127 million, $108 million and $105 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Raw Materials

In addition to concentrates obtained by the Company from The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies for use in its soft drink manufacturing, the Company also purchases sweeteners, carbon dioxide, plastic bottles, cans, closures, other containers and other packaging materials as well as equipment for the production, distribution and marketing of soft drinks. Except for sweeteners, cans, carbon dioxide and plastic bottles, the Company purchases its raw materials from multiple suppliers.

The Company purchases substantially all of its plastic bottles (20-ounce, half liter, 390 ml and 2 liter sizes) from manufacturing plants which are owned and operated by two cooperatives of Coca-Cola bottlers, including the Company. The Company currently obtains all of its aluminum cans from one domestic supplier.

None of the materials or supplies used by the Company are currently in short supply, although the supply of specific materials (including plastic bottles, which are formulated using petroleum-based products) could be adversely affected by strikes, weather conditions, governmental controls or national emergency conditions.

Customers and Marketing

The Company’s products are sold and distributed directly to retail stores and other outlets, including food markets, institutional accounts and vending machine outlets. During 2005, approximately 67% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume to retail customers was sold for future consumption. The remaining sales volume of approximately 33% was sold for immediate consumption, primarily through dispensing machines owned either by the Company, retail outlets or third party vending companies. The Company’s largest customer, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., accounted for approximately 15% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume to retail customers and the second largest customer, Food Lion, LLC, accounted for approximately 10% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume to retail customers. Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. accounted for approximately 11% of the Company’s total net sales. All of the Company’s sales are to customers in the United States.

New product introductions, packaging changes and sales promotions have been the major competitive techniques in the nonalcoholic beverage industry in recent years and have required and are expected to continue to require substantial expenditures. Brand introductions in the last three years include Coca-Cola Zero, Coca-Cola C2, diet Coke with lime, diet Coke with lemon, Vault, Vault Zero, Rockstar, Dasani flavors, Minute Maid Light, Sprite Remix and Full Throttle, an energy product from The Coca-Cola Company. New packaging introductions include Fridge Pack™ 12-ounce plastic bottles and 390 ml plastic bottles. New product and packaging introductions have resulted in increased operating costs for the Company due to special marketing efforts, obsolescence of replaced items and, in some cases, higher raw materials costs.

The Company sells its products primarily in nonrefillable bottles and cans, in varying proportions from market to market. There may be as many as 25 different packages for Coca-Cola classic within a single geographic area. Bottle/can sales volume to retail customers during 2005 was approximately 46% cans, 52% nonrefillable bottles and 2% other containers.

Advertising in various media, primarily television and radio, is relied upon extensively in the marketing of the Company’s products. The Coca-Cola Company and Dr Pepper/Seven-Up, Inc. (the “Beverage Companies”) make substantial expenditures on advertising in the Company’s territories. The Company has also benefited from

national advertising programs conducted by the Beverage Companies. In addition, the Company expends substantial funds on its own behalf for extensive local sales promotions of the Company’s products. Historically, these expenses have been partially offset by marketing funding support which the Beverage Companies provide to the Company in support of a variety of marketing programs, such as point-of-sale displays and merchandising programs. However, the Beverage Companies are under no obligation to provide the Company with marketing funding support in the future.

The substantial outlays which the Company makes for marketing and merchandising programs are generally regarded as necessary to maintain or increase sales volume, and any significant curtailment of marketing funding support provided by the Beverage Companies for marketing programs which benefit the Company could have a material adverse effect on the operating and financial results of the Company.

Seasonality

Sales are seasonal, with the highest sales volume occurring in May, June, July and August. The Company has adequate production capacity to meet sales demand during these peak periods. Sales volume can be impacted by weather conditions. See “Item 2. Properties” for information relating to utilization of the Company’s production facilities.

Competition

The carbonated soft drink market and the noncarbonated beverage market are highly competitive. Our competitors in these markets include bottlers and distributors of nationally advertised and marketed products, regionally advertised and marketed products, as well as bottlers and distributors of private label soft drinks in supermarket stores. The carbonated soft drink market comprised 87% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume to retail customers in 2005. In each region in which the Company operates, between 75% and 95% of carbonated soft drink sales in bottles, cans and pre-mix containers are accounted for by the Company and its principal competition, which in each region includes the local bottler of Pepsi-Cola and, in some regions, also includes the local bottler of Dr Pepper, Royal Crown and/or 7-Up products.

The principal methods of competition in the soft drink industry are point-of-sale merchandising, new product introductions, new vending and dispensing equipment, packaging changes, pricing, price promotions, product quality, retail space management, customer service, frequency of distribution and advertising. The Company believes that it is competitive in its territories with respect to these methods of competition.

Government Regulation

The production and marketing of beverages are subject to the rules and regulations of the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and other federal, state and local health agencies. The FDA also regulates the labeling of containers.

As a manufacturer, distributor and seller of beverage products of The Coca-Cola Company and other soft drink manufacturers in exclusive territories, the Company is subject to antitrust laws of general applicability. However, pursuant to the United States Soft Drink Interbrand Competition Act, soft drink bottlers such as the Company may have an exclusive right to manufacture, distribute and sell a soft drink product in a defined geographic territory if that soft drink product is in substantial and effective competition with other products of the same general class in the market. The Company believes that there is such substantial and effective competition in each of the exclusive geographic territories in the United States in which the Company operates.

From time to time, legislation has been proposed in Congress and by certain state and local governments which would prohibit the sale of soft drink products in nonrefillable bottles and cans or require a mandatory deposit as a means of encouraging the return of such containers in an attempt to reduce solid waste and litter. The Company is currently not impacted by this type of proposed legislation.

Soft drink and similar-type taxes have been in place in West Virginia and Tennessee for several years.

The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by tax authorities in jurisdictions where it conducts business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are subsequently resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. Management believes the Company has adequately accrued for any ultimate amounts that are likely to result from these audits; however, final assessments, if any, could be different than the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has experienced public policy challenges regarding the sale of soft drinks in schools, particularly elementary, middle and high schools. At January 1, 2006, a number of states had regulations restricting the sale of soft drinks and other foods in schools. Many of these restrictions have existed for several years in connection with subsidized meal programs in schools. The focus has more recently turned to the growing health, nutrition and obesity concerns of today’s youth. The impact of restrictive legislation, if widely enacted, could have an adverse impact on the Company’s products, image and reputation.

Environmental Remediation

The Company does not currently have any material capital expenditure commitments for environmental compliance or environmental remediation for any of its properties. The Company does not believe that compliance with federal, state and local provisions that have been enacted or adopted regarding the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, will have a material effect on its capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.

Employees

As of February 1, 2006, the Company had approximately 5,700 full-time employees, of whom approximately 400 were union members. The total number of employees, including part-time employees, was approximately 6,200.

Approximately 7% of the Company’s labor force is currently covered by collective bargaining agreements. One collective bargaining agreement covering less than .5% of the Company’s employees expires in 2006.

Exchange Act Reports and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers

The Company makes available free of charge through its Internet website, www.cokeconsolidated.com, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC maintains an Internet website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information filed electronically with the SEC. Any materials that the Company files with the SEC may be also read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D. C. 20549.

Information on the operations of the Public Reference Room is available by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Company makes available on its Internet website its Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers. The information provided on the Company’s website is not part of this report and is not incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to other information in this Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company’s business. The Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. Additional risks and uncertainties, including

risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company, or that the Company currently deems immaterial, may also impair its business and results of operations.

Lower than expected selling prices resulting from increased marketplace competition could adversely affect the Company’s profitability.

The carbonated soft drink market and the noncarbonated beverage market are highly competitive. The Company’s competitors in these markets include bottlers and distributors of nationally advertised and marketed products, regionally advertised and marketed products and private label soft drinks. Although the Company has placed an emphasis on revenue management, which includes striking the appropriate balance between generating growth in volume, gross margin and market share, there can be no assurance that increased competition will not reduce the Company’s profitability.

Changes in how significant customers market or promote the Company’s products could reduce sales volume.

The Company’s sales volume is impacted by how significant customers market or promote the Company’s products. Sales volume has been negatively impacted by less aggressive price promotion by some retailers in the future consumption channels in the past several years. If the Company’s significant customers change the way they market or promote the Company’s products, the Company’s sales volume, revenue and profitability could be adversely impacted.

Changes in public and consumer preferences related to nonalcoholic beverages could reduce demand for the Company’s products and reduce profitability.

The Company’s business depends substantially on consumer tastes and preferences that change in often unpredictable ways. The success of the Company’s business depends on working with the beverage companies to meet the changing preferences of the broad consumer market. The Company has seen a shift from sugar carbonated beverages to diet carbonated beverages, isotonics, bottled water and energy products over the past several years. Failure to satisfy changing consumer preferences could adversely affect the profitability of the Company’s business.

The Company’s inability to meet requirements under its bottling contracts could result in the loss of distribution rights.

Approximately 90% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume with retail customers consists of products of The Coca-Cola Company, which is the sole supplier of the concentrates or syrups required to manufacture these products. The remaining 10% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume with retail customers consists of products of other beverage companies. The Company has bottling contracts under which it has various requirements to meet. Failure to meet the requirements of these bottling contracts could result in the loss of distribution rights for the respective product.

Material changes in, or the Company’s inability to meet, the performance requirements for marketing funding support, or decreases from historic levels of marketing funding support, would reduce the Company’s profitability.

Material changes in the performance requirements, or decreases in the levels of marketing funding support historically provided, under marketing programs with The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies, or the Company’s inability to meet the performance requirements for the anticipated levels of such marketing funding support payments, would adversely affect the Company’s profitability. The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies are under no obligation to continue marketing funding support at historic levels.

Changes in The Coca-Cola Company’s and other beverage companies’ levels of advertising, marketing spending and brand innovation could reduce the Company’s sales volume.

The Coca-Cola Company’s and other beverage companies’ levels of advertising, marketing spending and brand innovation directly impact the Company’s operations. While the Company does not believe that there will be significant changes in the levels of marketing and advertising by the beverage companies, there can be no assurance that historic levels will continue. In addition, if the sales volume of sugar carbonated beverages continues to decline, the Company’s sales volume growth will continue to be dependent on brand innovation by the beverage companies, especially The Coca-Cola Company. Decreases in beverage company marketing, advertising and product brand innovation could adversely impact the profitability of the Company.

The inability of the Company’s aluminum can or plastic bottle suppliers to meet the Company’s purchase requirements may reduce the Company’s profitability.

The Company currently obtains all of its aluminum cans from one domestic supplier and all of its plastic bottles from two domestic cooperatives. The inability of these aluminum can or plastic bottle suppliers to meet the Company’s requirements for containers could result in short-term shortages until alternative sources of supply can be located. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks by working closely with key suppliers and by purchasing business interruption insurance where appropriate. Failure of the aluminum can or plastic bottle suppliers to meet the Company’s purchase requirements could reduce the Company’s profitability.

The inability of the Company to offset higher raw material costs with higher selling prices, increased bottle/can sales volume or reduced expenses could have an adverse impact on the Company’s profitability.

Packaging costs, primarily plastic bottle costs and aluminum can costs increased significantly in 2005 and could continue to increase in the future. If the Company cannot offset higher raw material costs with higher selling prices, increased sales volume or reductions in other costs, the Company’s profitability could be adversely affected.

Sustained increases in fuel costs or the inability of the Company to secure adequate supplies of fuel could have an adverse impact on the Company’s profitability.

The Company has experienced significant increases in fuel costs as a result primarily of macro-economic factors beyond the Company’s control. In addition, the Company uses significant amounts of fuel in the distribution of its products. Events such as natural disasters could impact the supply of fuel and could impact the timely delivery of the Company’s products to its customers. While the Company is working to reduce fuel consumption, there can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in limiting future cost increases. Continued upward pressure in these costs could reduce the profitability of the Company’s operations.

Sustained increases in workers’ compensation, employment practices and vehicle accident costs may reduce the Company’s profitability.

The Company is generally self-insured for the costs of workers’ compensation, employment practices and vehicle accident claims. Losses are accrued using assumptions and procedures followed in the insurance industry, adjusted for company-specific history and expectations. Although the Company has actively sought to control increases in these costs, there can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in limiting future cost increases. Continued upward pressure in these costs could reduce the profitability of the Company’s operations.

Sustained increases in the cost of employee benefits may reduce the Company’s profitability.

With approximately 6,000 employees, the Company’s profitability is substantially affected by the cost of pension retirement benefits, post-retirement medical benefits and current employees’ medical benefits. In recent

years, the Company has experienced significant increases in these costs as a result of macro-economic factors beyond the Company’s control, including increases in health care costs, declines in investment returns on pension assets and changes in discount rates used to calculate pension and related liabilities. Although the Company has actively sought to control increases in these costs, there can be no assurance the Company will succeed in limiting future cost increases, and continued upward pressure in these costs could reduce the profitability of the Company’s operations.

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect the profitability of the Company.

Approximately 43% of the Company’s debt and capital lease obligations of $777.2 million as of January 1, 2006 was subject to changes in short-term interest rates. Rising interest rates have increased the Company’s interest expense over the past two years. If interest rates increased by 1%, the Company’s interest expense would increase by approximately $3 million over the next twelve months. This amount is determined by calculating the effect of a hypothetical interest rate increase of 1% on outstanding floating rate debt and capital lease obligations as of January 1, 2006, including the effects of the Company’s derivative financial instruments. This calculated, hypothetical increase in interest expense for the following twelve months may be different from the actual increase in interest expense from a 1% increase in interest rates due to varying interest rate reset dates on the Company’s floating rate debt and derivative financial instruments. In addition, the Company’s pension and postretirement medical benefits costs are subject to changes in interest rates. There can be no assurance that future increases in interest rates will not reduce the Company’s profitability.

The Company’s debt rating could be impacted by The Coca-Cola Company.

The Company’s debt rating could be significantly impacted by capital management activities of The Coca-Cola Company and/or changes in the debt rating of The Coca-Cola Company. A lower debt rating could significantly increase the Company’s interest cost.

Changes in legal contingencies could impact the Company’s future profitability.

Changes from expectations for the resolution of outstanding legal claims and assessments could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s profitability and financial condition. In addition, the Company’s failure to abide by laws, orders or other legal commitments could subject the Company to fines, penalties or other damages.

Additional taxes resulting from tax audits could impact the Company’s future profitability.

An assessment of additional taxes resulting from audits of the Company’s tax filings could have a material impact on the Company’s profitability, cash flows and financial condition.

Natural disasters and unfavorable weather could impact the Company’s future profitability.

Natural disasters or unfavorable weather conditions in the geographic regions in which the Company does business could have a material impact on the Company’s revenue and profitability.

Issues surrounding labor relations could impact the Company’s future profitability and/or its operating efficiency.

Approximately 7% of the Company’s employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. The inability to renegotiate subsequent agreements on satisfactory terms and conditions could result in work interruptions or stoppages, which could have a material impact on the profitability of the Company. Also, the terms and conditions of existing or renegotiated agreements could increase costs, or otherwise affect the Company’s ability to fully implement operational changes to improve overall efficiency.

Recent bottler litigation could limit the Company’s ability to change distribution methods and business practices.

Litigation recently filed by some United States bottlers of Coca-Cola products reflects disagreements in the Coca-Cola bottler system concerning distribution methods and business practices. These disagreements among various Coca-Cola bottlers could adversely affect the Company’s ability to fully implement its business plans.

Management’s use of estimates and assumptions may have a material effect on reported results.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements include estimates and assumptions by management that impact reported amounts. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The principal properties of the Company include its corporate headquarters, its four production/distribution facilities and its 49 sales distribution centers. The Company owns two production/distribution facilities and 45 sales distribution centers, and leases its corporate headquarters, two other production/distribution facilities and four sales distribution centers.

The Company leases its 110,000 square foot corporate headquarters and a 65,000 square foot adjacent office building from a related party for a ten-year term expiring in December 2008. Rental payments for these facilities were $3.3 million in 2005.

The Company leases its 542,000 square foot Snyder Production Center and an adjacent 105,000 square foot distribution center in Charlotte, North Carolina from a related party for a ten-year term expiring in December 2010. Rental payments under this lease totaled $3.4 million in 2005.

The Company leases its 330,000 square foot production/distribution facility in Nashville, Tennessee. The lease requires monthly payments through 2009. Rent expense under this lease totaled $.4 million in 2005.

The Company leases its 50,000 square foot sales distribution center in Charleston, South Carolina. The lease requires monthly payments through 2017. Rental expense under this lease totaled $.4 million in 2005.

The Company leases its 57,000 square foot sales distribution center in Greenville, South Carolina. The lease requires monthly payments through 2018. Rental payments under this lease totaled $.6 million in 2005.

The Company’s other real estate leases are not material.

The Company owns and operates a 316,000 square foot production/distribution facility in Roanoke, Virginia and a 271,000 square foot production/distribution facility in Mobile, Alabama.

The approximate percentage utilization of the Company’s production centers as of February 1, 2006 is indicated below:

Production Facilities


Location	Percentage Utilization*
Charlotte, North Carolina	79	%
Mobile, Alabama	53	%
Nashville, Tennessee	63	%
Roanoke, Virginia	62	%

Estimated 2006 production divided by capacity (based on operations of 6 days per week and 20 hours per day).

The Company currently has sufficient production capacity to meet its operational requirements. In addition to the production facilities noted above, the Company utilizes a portion of the production capacity at SAC, a cooperative located in Bishopville, South Carolina, that owns a 261,000 square foot production facility.

The Company’s products are generally transported to sales distribution facilities for storage pending sale. The number of sales distribution facilities by market area as of February 1, 2006 was as follows:

Sales Distribution Facilities


Region		Number of Facilities
North Carolina		17
South Carolina		7
South Alabama		4
South Georgia		5
Middle Tennessee		3
Western Virginia		5
West Virginia		8

Total		49

The Company’s facilities are all in good condition and are adequate for the Company’s operations as presently conducted.

The Company also operates approximately 3,900 vehicles in the sale and distribution of its soft drink products, of which approximately 1,500 are route delivery trucks. In addition, the Company owns approximately 216,000 soft drink dispensing and vending machines for the sale of its products in its bottling territories.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On February 14, 2006, forty-eight Coca-Cola bottler plaintiffs filed suit in United States District Court for the Western District of Missouri against The Coca-Cola Company and Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (“CCE”). On February 24, 2006, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint adding twelve bottlers as plaintiffs. In the lawsuit, Ozarks Coca-Cola/Dr Pepper Bottling Company, et .al. vs. The Coca-Cola Company and Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., Civil Action File No. 06-3056-CV-S, the bottler plaintiffs purport to bring claims for breach of contract and breach of duty and other related claims arising out of CCE’s plan to offer warehouse delivery of POWERade to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Wal-Mart”) within CCE’s territory. The bottler plaintiffs seek preliminary and permanent injunctive relief prohibiting the warehouse delivery of POWERade and unspecified compensatory and punitive damages.

On March 3, 2006, the Company filed a motion seeking permission to intervene in the lawsuit for the limited purpose of opposing the preliminary and permanent injunctive relief sought by the bottler plaintiffs. The Company seeks permission to intervene because it also plans to offer warehouse delivery of POWERade to Wal-Mart within the Company’s territory and therefore opposes the relief requested by the bottler plaintiffs.

The Company is involved in other claims and legal proceedings which have arisen in the ordinary course of its business. Although it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of these other claims and legal proceedings, management believes that the ultimate disposition of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, cash flows or results of operations of the Company. No material amount of loss in excess of recorded amounts is believed to be reasonably possible as a result of these other claims and legal proceedings.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 1, 2006.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

The following is a list of names and ages of all the executive officers of the Company indicating all positions and offices with the Company held by each such person. All officers have served in their present capacities for the past five years except as otherwise stated.

J. FRANK HARRISON, III, age 51, is Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. Harrison, III was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in December 1996. Mr. Harrison, III served as Vice Chairman from November 1987 through December 1996 and was appointed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in May 1994. He was first employed by the Company in 1977 and has served as a Division Sales Manager and as a Vice President of the Company.

WILLIAM B. ELMORE, age 50, is President and Chief Operating Officer and a Director of the Company, positions he has held since January 2001. Previously, he was Vice President, Value Chain from July 1999 and Vice President, Business Systems from August 1998 to June 1999. He was Vice President, Treasurer from June 1996 to July 1998. He was Vice President, Regional Manager for the Virginia Division, West Virginia Division and Tennessee Division from August 1991 to May 1996.

ROBERT D. PETTUS, JR., age 61, is Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, a position he has held since August 2004. Mr. Pettus retired from the Company in February 2005. Mr. Pettus was Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman of the Company from 1996 to July 2004 and Vice President of Human Resources from 1984 to 1996. Mr. Pettus has been a director of the Company since August 2004.

HENRY W. FLINT, age 51, is Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman, a position to which he was appointed in July 2004. Prior to that, he was a Managing Partner at the law firm of Kennedy Covington Lobdell & Hickman, L.L.P. with which he was associated from 1980 to 2004.

WILLIAM J. BILLIARD, age 39, is Vice President and Controller, a position to which he was appointed on February 20, 2006. Before joining the Company, he was Senior Vice President, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller of Portrait Corporation of America, a portrait photography studio company, from September 2005 to January 2006 and Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller from August 2001 to September 2005. Prior to that, he served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Tailored Management, a long-term staffing company, from August 2000 to August 2001.

CLIFFORD M. DEAL, III, age 44, is Vice President, Treasurer, a position he has held since June 1999. Previously, he was Director of Compensation and Benefits from October 1997 to May 1999. He was Corporate Benefits Manager from December 1995 to September 1997 and was Manager of Tax Accounting from November 1993 to November 1995.

NORMAN C. GEORGE, age 50, is Senior Vice President, Chief Marketing and Customer Officer, a position he was appointed to in September 2001. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Marketing and National Sales, a position he was appointed to in December 1999. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Corporate Sales, a position he had held since August 1998. Previously, he was Vice President, Sales for the Carolinas South Region, a position he held beginning in November 1991.

RONALD J. HAMMOND, age 50, is Senior Vice President, Operations, a position he was appointed to in January 2001. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Manufacturing, a position he had held since September 1999. Before joining the Company, he was Vice President, Operations, Asia Pacific at Pepsi-Cola International, where he had been an employee since 1981.

KEVIN A. HENRY, age 38, is Senior Vice President, Human Resources, a position he has held since February 2001. Prior to joining the Company, he was Senior Vice President, Human Resources at Nationwide Credit Inc., where he was an employee since January 1997. Prior to that, he was Director, Human Resources, at Office Depot Inc. beginning in December 1994.

UMESH M. KASBEKAR, age 48, is Senior Vice President, Planning and Administration, a position he has held since January 1995. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Planning, a position he was appointed to in December 1988.

C. RAY MAYHALL, JR., age 58, is Senior Vice President, Sales, a position he was appointed to in September 2001. Prior to that he was Vice President, Distribution and Technical Services, a position he was appointed to in December 1999. Prior to that, he was Regional Vice President, Sales, a position he had held since November 1992.

LAUREN C. STEELE, age 51, is Vice President, Corporate Affairs, a position he has held since May 1989. He is responsible for governmental, media and community relations for the Company.

STEVEN D. WESTPHAL, age 51, is Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, a position to which he was appointed in May 2005. Prior to that, he was Vice President and Controller, a position he had held from November 1987.

JOLANTA T. ZWIREK, age 50, is Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer, a position she has held since June 1999. Prior to joining the Company, she was Vice President and Chief Technology Officer for Bank One during a portion of 1999. Prior to that, she was a Senior Director in the Information Services organization at McDonald’s Corporation, where she was an employee since 1984.

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company has two classes of common stock outstanding, Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market^® under the symbol COKE. The table below sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low reported sales prices per share of Common Stock. There is no established public trading market for the Class B Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible on a share-for-share basis into shares of Common Stock.


	Fiscal Year
	2005				2004
	High		Low		High		Low
First quarter	$	57.53	$	51.63	$	55.55	$	50.00
Second quarter		52.80		46.00		59.15		51.05
Third quarter		53.93		47.01		59.00		51.25
Fourth quarter		49.00		42.58		57.86		52.00

The quarterly dividend rate of $.25 per share on both Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shares was maintained throughout 2004 and 2005.

Pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, no cash dividend or dividend of property or stock other than stock of the Company, as specifically described in the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared and paid on the Class B Common Stock unless an equal or greater dividend is declared and paid on the Common Stock.

The amount and frequency of future dividends will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in light of the earnings and financial condition of the Company at such time, and no assurance can be given that dividends will be declared in the future.

The number of stockholders of record of the Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as of February 28, 2006, was 3,690 and 13, respectively.

On February 22, 2006, the Compensation Committee determined that 20,000 shares of restricted Class B Common Stock, $1.00 par value, vested and should be issued pursuant to a performance-based award to J. Frank Harrison, III, in connection with his services as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This award was approved by the Company’s stockholders in 1999. The shares were issued without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth certain selected financial data concerning the Company for the five years ended January 1, 2006. The data for the five years ended January 1, 2006 is derived from audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” set forth in Item 7 hereof and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed consolidated financial statements and notes contained in Item 8 hereof.

Selected Financial Data*


	Fiscal Year**
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)	2005		2004		2003		2002***		2001
Summary of Operations
Net sales	$	1,380,172	$	1,267,227	$	1,220,403	$	1,207,173	$	965,979

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense		752,409		659,466		629,080		622,333		516,734
Selling, delivery and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation expense		466,533		449,497		428,462		412,787		310,850
Depreciation expense		68,222		70,798		76,485		76,075		66,134
Provision for impairment of property, plant and equipment										947
Amortization of intangibles		880		3,117		3,105		2,796		15,296

Total costs and expenses		1,288,044		1,182,878		1,137,132		1,113,991		909,961

Income from operations		92,128		84,349		83,271		93,182		56,018
Interest expense		49,279		43,983		41,914		49,120		44,322
Minority interest		4,097		3,816		3,297		5,992

Income before income taxes		38,752		36,550		38,060		38,070		11,696
Income taxes		15,801		14,702		7,357		15,247		2,226

Net income	$	22,951	$	21,848	$	30,703	$	22,823	$	9,470

Basic net income per share	$	2.53	$	2.41	$	3.40	$	2.58	$	1.08

Diluted net income per share	$	2.53	$	2.41	$	3.40	$	2.56	$	1.07

Cash dividends per share:
Common	$	1.00	$	1.00	$	1.00	$	1.00	$	1.00
Class B Common	$	1.00	$	1.00	$	1.00	$	1.00	$	1.00
Other Information
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding		9,083		9,063		9,043		8,861		8,753
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding—assuming dilution		9,083		9,063		9,043		8,921		8,821
Year-End Financial Position
Total assets	$	1,341,839	$	1,314,063	$	1,349,920	$	1,353,525	$	1,064,459

Current portion of debt		6,539		8,000		17,678		37,631		56,708

Current portion of obligations under capital leases		1,709		1,826		1,337		1,120		1,364

Obligations under capital leases		77,493		79,202		44,226		44,906		1,060

Long-term debt		691,450		700,039		785,039		770,125		620,156

Stockholders’ equity		75,134		64,439		52,472		32,867		17,081

*	See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.

**	All years presented are 52-week fiscal years except 2004 which was a 53-week year.

***

On January 2, 2002, the Company purchased an additional interest in Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership (“Piedmont”) from The Coca-Cola Company, increasing the Company’s ownership in Piedmont to more than 50%. Due to the increase in ownership, the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of Piedmont have been consolidated with those of the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2002. The Company’s investment in Piedmont had been accounted for using the equity method for 2001 and prior years. In addition, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142 at the beginning of 2002, which resulted in goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer being amortized.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“M,D&A”) should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. M,D&A includes the following sections:

•

Our Business and the Soft Drink Industry—a general description of the Company’s business and the soft drink industry.

•

Areas of Emphasis—a summary of the Company’s key priorities for 2005 and the next several years.

•

Overview of Operations and Financial Condition—a summary of key information and trends concerning the financial results for the three years ended 2005.

•

Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and New Accounting Pronouncements—a discussion of accounting policies that are most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations that require critical judgments and estimates and the expected impact of new accounting pronouncements.

•

Results of Operations—an analysis of the Company’s results of operations for the three years presented in the consolidated financial statements.

•

Financial Condition—an analysis of the Company’s financial condition as of the end of the last two years as presented in the consolidated financial statements.

•

Liquidity and Capital Resources—an analysis of capital resources, cash sources and uses, investing activities, financing activities, off-balance sheet arrangements, aggregate contractual obligations and interest rate hedging.

•

Cautionary Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

The fiscal years presented are the 52-week period ended January 1, 2006, the 53-week period ended January 2, 2005 and the 52-week period ended December 28, 2003. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31 of each year.

The consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows for fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheets at January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005 include the consolidated operations of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries including Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership (“Piedmont”). Minority interest consists of The Coca-Cola Company’s interest in Piedmont, which was 22.7% for all of 2005 and 2004 and the last three quarters of 2003, and 45.3% for the first quarter of 2003.

OUR BUSINESS AND THE SOFT DRINK INDUSTRY

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated (the “Company”) produces, markets and distributes nonalcoholic beverages, primarily products of The Coca-Cola Company, which include some of the most recognized and popular beverage brands in the world. The Company is the second largest bottler of products of The Coca-Cola Company in the United States, operating in eleven states primarily in the Southeast. The Company also distributes several other beverage brands. The Company’s product offerings include carbonated soft drinks, bottled water, teas, juices, isotonics and energy drinks. The Company had net sales of approximately $1.4 billion in 2005.

The nonalcoholic beverage market is highly competitive. The Company’s competitors in these markets include bottlers and distributors of nationally advertised and marketed products, regionally advertised and marketed products and private label soft drinks. In each region in which the Company operates, between 75% and 95% of carbonated soft drink sales in bottles, cans and other containers are accounted for by the Company

and its principal competitors, which in each region includes the local bottler of Pepsi-Cola and, in some regions, the local bottler of Dr Pepper, Royal Crown and/or 7-Up products. During the last three years, volume of sugar carbonated soft drinks in the soft drink industry has declined. The decline in sugar carbonated beverages has generally been offset by volume growth in other nonalcoholic product categories.

The Company’s bottle/can sales volume by product category as a percentage of total bottle/can sales volume was as follows:


	Fiscal Year
Product Category	2005		2004		2003
Sugar carbonated soft drinks	59.4	%	61.5	%	63.5	%
Diet carbonated soft drinks	28.0	%	27.6	%	25.8	%

Total carbonated soft drinks	87.4	%	89.1	%	89.3	%

Bottled water	6.7	%	5.6	%	5.4	%
Isotonics	2.6	%	2.1	%	1.7	%
Other noncarbonated	3.3	%	3.2	%	3.6	%

Total noncarbonated	12.6	%	10.9	%	10.7	%

Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

AREAS OF EMPHASIS

Key priorities for the Company during 2005 and over the next several years include revenue management, product innovation, distribution cost management and overall productivity.

Revenue Management

Revenue management includes striking the appropriate balance between generating growth in volume, gross margin and market share. It requires a strategy which reflects consideration for pricing of brands and packages within channels, as well as highly effective working relationships with customers and disciplined fact-based decision-making. Revenue management has been and continues to be a key driver which has significant impact on the Company’s operating income performance.

Product Innovation

Volume growth of carbonated soft drinks has slowed over the past several years. Innovation of both new brands and packages has been and will continue to be critical to the Company’s overall volume. During the first quarter of 2005, the Company introduced Coca-Cola with lime and Full Throttle, an energy product from The Coca-Cola Company. During the second quarter of 2005, the Company introduced Coca-Cola Zero, Dasani flavors, and Vault in certain markets. The Company introduced Vault in the Company’s remaining markets in the fourth quarter of 2005. The Company introduced diet Coke with lime, Coca-Cola C2 and Rockstar, an energy drink, in 2004. In addition, the Company has also developed specialty packaging for customers in certain channels over the past several years.

Distribution Cost Management

Distribution cost represents the cost of transporting finished goods from Company locations to customer outlets. Total distribution costs amounted to $183.1 million, $176.3 million and $168.1 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Over the past several years, the Company has focused on converting its distribution system from a conventional routing system to a predictive system. This conversion to a predictive system has allowed

the Company to more efficiently handle increasing numbers of brands and packages. In addition, the Company has closed a number of smaller sales distribution centers reducing its fixed warehouse-related costs.

The Company has three primary delivery systems for its current business: bulk delivery for large supermarkets, mass merchandisers and club stores; pre-sell delivery for convenience stores, drug stores, small supermarkets and on-premise accounts; and full service delivery for its full service vending customers. In 2006, the Company will begin changing its delivery method for its pre-sell delivery system. Historically, the Company loaded its trucks at the warehouse with products the route delivery employee would deliver during the day. The delivery employee was responsible for pulling the required products off a side load truck at each stop to fill the customer’s order. The Company will begin using a new pre-sell delivery method in 2006 which involves pre-building orders in the warehouse on a small pallet that the delivery employee can roll off a truck directly into the customer’s location. This new method involves the use of a rear loading truck rather than the conventional side loading truck. In the initial rollout of this new method, the Company anticipates delivery efficiency will increase by approximately 30% for its pre-sell delivery routes. The Company plans to implement this new delivery method in approximately 13 distribution centers during 2006. These 13 distribution centers accounted for approximately 35% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume in 2005. This rollout will require additional capital spending for the new type of delivery vehicle. Capital spending is anticipated to increase significantly in 2006 as compared to 2005 as discussed more fully below. The Company anticipates that this change in delivery methodology will result in significant savings in future years; more efficient delivery of a larger number of products; improved employee safety and a reduction in the number of workers’ compensation claims.

Distribution cost management will continue to be a key area of emphasis for the Company for the next several years.

Productivity

To achieve improvements in operating performance over the long-term, the Company’s gross margin must grow faster than the growth in selling, delivery and administrative (“S,D&A”) expenses. A key driver in the Company’s S,D&A expense management relates to ongoing improvements in labor productivity and asset productivity. The Company continues to focus on its supply chain and distribution functions for opportunities to improve productivity.

OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

The following overview provides a summary of key information concerning the Company’s financial results for the three years ended 2005.


	Fiscal Year
	2005(1)(3)		2004(2)(4)		2003(5)
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)
Net sales	$	1,380,172	$	1,267,227	$	1,220,403
Gross margin		627,763		607,761		591,323
Income from operations		92,128		84,349		83,271
Interest expense		49,279		43,983		41,914
Income taxes		15,801		14,702		7,357
Net income		22,951		21,848		30,703
Basic net income per share (6)	$	2.53	$	2.41	$	3.40

(1)	Results for 2005 included a favorable adjustment of $7.0 million (pre-tax) related to the settlement of high fructose corn syrup litigation, which was reflected as a reduction in cost of sales.

(2)	Results for 2004 included an unfavorable non-cash adjustment of $1.7 million (pre-tax) related to a change in the pricing of concentrate purchased from The Coca-Cola Company, which was reflected as an increase to cost of sales.

(3)	Interest expense for 2005 included financing transaction costs of $1.7 million (pre-tax) related to the exchange of $164.8 million of the Company’s long-term debt and the redemption of $8.6 million of debentures.

(4)	Results for 2004 included a favorable adjustment of approximately $2 million (pre-tax) for certain customer-related marketing programs between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company, which was reflected as a reduction in cost of sales.

(5)

Results for 2003 included net favorable adjustments to income tax expense of $8.6 million relating to the favorable settlement of a state income tax audit and the reduction of its valuation allowance for certain deferred income tax assets, offset partially by incremental tax expense associated with the decision to terminate certain Company-owned life insurance policies.

(6)	The Company does not currently have any stock options or other common stock equivalents that would result in dilution of earnings per share. Accordingly, for the periods presented, basic and fully diluted earnings per share are equivalent.

The Company’s net sales grew approximately 13% from 2003 to 2005. The net sales increase was primarily due to an increase in average revenue per unit of approximately 7%, a 1.5% increase in bottle/can sales volume, and a 95% increase in sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers primarily related to shipments of Full Throttle, the new energy drink of The Coca-Cola Company.

The Company has seen declines in the demand for sugar carbonated soft drinks over the past three years and expects that this trend will continue. The Company anticipates that overall bottle/can sales volume will be primarily dependent upon continued growth in diet products, isotonics, bottled water and energy drinks as well as the introduction of new products.

Gross margin increased approximately 6% in 2005 compared to 2003. The Company’s gross margin percentage declined from 48.5% in 2003 to 45.5% in 2005 due to higher raw material costs and an increase in sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers, which have lower margins than the Company’s bottle/can franchise sales. Sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers accounted for 2.0% of the 3.0% decrease in gross margin percentage. The Company’s raw material packaging costs increased significantly in 2005. The Company increased selling prices to partially offset these increased costs.

Income from operations increased approximately 11% in 2005 compared to 2003. The increase was due to solid growth in gross margin and lower depreciation expense, which more than offset higher S,D&A expenses.

S,D&A expenses have increased approximately 9% from 2003 to 2005. The increase in S,D&A expenses was primarily attributable to increases in employee compensation of approximately 8%, employee benefit plan costs of approximately 9%, property and casualty insurance costs of approximately 3% and fuel costs of approximately 53%. Depreciation expense decreased approximately 11% from 2003 to 2005. The decrease in depreciation expense from 2003 to 2005 was primarily due to lower levels of capital spending over the past several years.

Interest expense increased approximately 18% from 2003 to 2005. The increase primarily reflected higher interest rates on the Company’s floating rate debt. Interest expense for 2005 also included financing transaction costs of $1.7 million related to the exchange of $164.8 million of debentures during the second quarter of 2005 and the early retirement of $8.6 million of the Company’s long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2005. The Company’s overall weighted average interest rate, excluding the financing transaction costs related to the exchange of long-term debt during the second quarter of 2005 and the early retirement of long-term debt during the fourth quarter of 2005, increased from an average of 4.9% during 2003 to 6.2% during 2005.

Debt and capital lease obligations are summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005		Dec. 28, 2003
In Thousands
Debt	$	697,989	$	708,039	$	802,717
Capital lease obligations		79,202		81,028		45,563

Total debt and capital lease obligations	$	777,191	$	789,067	$	848,280

The Company capitalized its corporate headquarters lease as of the beginning of March 2004 and entered into another capital lease at the end of the second quarter of 2004. The amount recorded for capitalization of these leases in 2004 was $37.3 million.

DISCUSSION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, ESTIMATES AND NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial position in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions. The Company believes that the following discussion addresses the Company’s most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

The Company has not made changes in any critical accounting policies during 2005. Any significant changes in critical accounting policies and estimates are discussed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company during the quarter in which a change is contemplated and prior to making such change.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company evaluates the collectibility of its trade accounts receivable based on a number of factors. In circumstances where the Company becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, a specific reserve for bad debts is estimated and recorded which reduces the recognized receivable to the estimated amount the Company believes will ultimately be collected. In addition to specific customer identification of potential bad debts, bad debt charges are recorded based on the Company’s recent past loss history and an overall assessment of past due trade accounts receivable outstanding.

The Company’s review of potential bad debts considers the specific industry in which a particular customer operates, such as supermarket retailers, convenience stores and mass merchandise retailers, and the general economic conditions that currently exist in that specific industry. The Company then considers the effects of concentration of credit risk in a specific industry and for specific customers within that industry.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost and is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of such assets. Changes in circumstances such as technological advances, changes to the Company’s business model or changes in the Company’s capital strategy could result in the actual useful lives differing from the Company’s current estimates. Factors such as changes in the planned use of manufacturing equipment, vending equipment, transportation equipment, warehouse facilities or software could also result in shortened useful lives. In those cases where the Company determines that the useful life of property, plant and equipment should be shortened, the Company would depreciate the net book value in excess of the estimated salvage value over its revised remaining useful life.

The Company evaluates long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value and the Company recognizes an impairment loss.

Franchise Rights

The Company considers franchise rights with The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies to be indefinite lived because the agreements are perpetual or, in situations where agreements are not perpetual, the Company anticipates the agreements will continue to be renewed upon expiration. The cost of renewals is minimal and the Company has not had any renewals denied. The Company considers franchise rights as indefinite lived intangible assets under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” (“SFAS No. 142”) and therefore, does not amortize the value of such assets. Instead, franchise rights are tested at least annually for impairment.

Impairment Testing of Franchise Rights and Goodwill

The only intangible assets the Company classifies as indefinite lived are franchise rights and goodwill. SFAS No. 142 requires testing of intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill for impairment at least annually. The Company conducts its annual impairment test in the third quarter of each fiscal year. The Company also reviews intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill for impairment if there are significant changes in business conditions.

For the annual impairment analysis of franchise rights, the fair value for the Company’s acquired franchise rights is estimated using a multi-period excess earnings approach. This approach involves projecting future earnings, discounting those estimated earnings using an appropriate discount rate and subtracting a contributory charge for net working capital; property, plant and equipment; assembled workforce and customer relationships to arrive at excess earnings attributable to franchise rights. The present value of the excess earnings attributable to franchise rights is their estimated fair value and is compared to the carrying value on an aggregate basis. Based on this analysis, there was no impairment of the Company’s recorded franchise rights in 2005. The projection of earnings includes a number of assumptions such as projected net sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and income taxes. Changes in the assumptions required to estimate the present value of the excess earnings attributable to franchise rights could materially impact the fair value estimate.

For the annual impairment analysis of goodwill, the Company develops an estimated fair value for the enterprise using an average of three different approaches:

•

Market value, using the Company’s stock price plus outstanding debt and minority interest;

•

Discounted cash flow analysis; and

•

Multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization based upon relevant industry data.

The estimated fair value of the enterprise is then compared to the Company’s carrying amount including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the Company exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill will be considered not to be impaired and the second step of the SFAS No. 142 impairment test will not be necessary. If the carrying amount including goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value, the second step of the impairment test will be performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. Based on this analysis, there was no impairment of the Company’s recorded goodwill in 2005. The discounted cash flow analysis includes a number of assumptions such as projected sales volume, net sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. Changes in these assumptions could materially impact the fair value estimate of the enterprise.

Income Tax Estimates

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of its deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. While the Company has considered future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to income in the period in which such determination was made. A reduction in the valuation allowance and corresponding adjustment to income may be required if the likelihood of realizing existing deferred tax assets were to increase to a more likely than not level. The Company regularly reviews the realizability of deferred tax assets and initiates a review when significant changes in the Company’s business occur.

In addition to a valuation allowance related to state net operating loss carryforwards, the Company records liabilities for uncertain tax positions as of January 1, 2006 principally related to state income taxes and certain federal income tax attributes. These liabilities reflect the Company’s best estimate of the ultimate income tax liability based on currently known facts and information. Material changes in facts or information as well as the expiration of statutes and/or settlements with the individual state or federal jurisdictions could result in material adjustments to these estimates in the future.

Risk Management Programs

In general, the Company is self-insured for the costs of workers’ compensation, employment practices, vehicle accident claims and medical claims. The Company uses commercial insurance for claims as a risk reduction strategy to minimize catastrophic losses. Losses are provided for using assumptions and procedures followed in the insurance industry, adjusted for company-specific history and expectations.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

The Company sponsors pension plans covering substantially all full-time nonunion employees and certain union employees who meet eligibility requirements. Several statistical and other factors, which attempt to anticipate future events, are used in calculating the expense and liability related to the plans. These factors include assumptions about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, employee turnover, age at retirement and rate of future compensation increases as determined by the Company, within certain guidelines. In addition, the Company’s actuarial consultants also use subjective factors such as mortality rates to estimate the projected

benefit obligation. The actuarial assumptions used by the Company may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates or longer or shorter life spans of participants. These differences may result in a significant impact to the amount of net periodic pension cost recorded by the Company in future periods. In 2005, the discount rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation for the Company’s pension plans decreased to 5.75% from 6.00% in 2004 due to declining interest rates for long-term corporate bonds, which serve as the benchmark for determining the discount rate. The discount rate assumption is generally the estimate which can have the most significant impact on net periodic pension cost and the projected benefit obligation for these pension plans. The Company determines an appropriate discount rate annually based on the annual yield on long-term corporate bonds as of the measurement date.

A .25% increase or decrease in the discount rate assumption would have impacted the projected benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost as follows:


In Thousands	.25% Increase			.25% Decrease
Impact on:
Projected benefit obligation at January 1, 2006	$	(8,887	)	$	9,486
Net periodic pension cost in 2005		(1,185	)		1,257

The weighted average expected long-term rate of return of plan assets was 8% for 2005, 2004 and 2003. This rate reflects an estimate of long-term future returns for the pension plan assets. This estimate is primarily a function of the asset classes (equities versus fixed income) in which the pension plan assets are invested and the analysis of past performance of these asset classes over a long period of time. This analysis includes expected long-term inflation and the risk premiums associated with equity and fixed income investments. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements for the details by asset type of the Company’s pension plan assets at January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, and the weighted average expected long-term rate of return of each asset type. The actual return of pension plan assets was 8.3% and 9.6% for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

On February 22, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an amendment to the principal Company-sponsored pension plan to cease further benefit accruals under the plan effective June 30, 2006. The Company anticipates that the annual expense for the pension plans will decrease approximately $3 million in 2006.

The Company sponsors a postretirement health care plan for employees meeting specified qualifying criteria. Several statistical and other factors, which attempt to anticipate future events, are used in calculating the net periodic postretirement benefit cost and postretirement benefit obligation for this plan. These factors include assumptions about the discount rate and the expected growth rate for the cost of health care benefits. In addition, the Company’s actuarial consultants also use subjective factors such as withdrawal and mortality rates to estimate the projected liability under this plan. The actuarial assumptions used by the Company may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates or longer or shorter life spans of participants. The Company does not pre-fund its postretirement benefits and has the right to modify or terminate certain of these benefits in the future.

In October 2005, the Company announced changes to its postretirement health care plan. Due to the changes announced, the Company’s expense and liability related to its postretirement health care plan will be reduced. Both the expense and liability for postretirement health care benefits are subject to determination by the Company’s actuaries and include numerous variables that will affect the impact of the announced changes. The Company anticipates that the annual expense for the postretirement health care plan will decrease from $4.5 million in 2005 to approximately $2 million in 2006. The annual expense for the postretirement health care plan will decrease approximately $2.5 million in 2006.

The discount rate assumption, the annual health care cost trend and the ultimate trend rate for health care costs are key estimates which can have a significant impact on the net periodic postretirement benefit cost and postretirement obligation in future periods. The Company annually determines the health care cost trend based on recent actual medical trend experience and projected experience for the following years.

The discount rate assumptions used to determine the pension and postretirement benefit obligations are based on yield rates available on double-A bonds as of each plan’s measurement date. The discount rates for 2005 were derived using the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve which is a set of yields on hypothetical double-A zero-coupon bonds with maturities up to 30 years. Projected benefit payouts from each plan are matched to the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve and an equivalent flat discount rate is derived and then rounded to the nearest quarter percent.

A .25% increase or decrease in the discount rate assumption would have impacted the projected benefit obligation and service cost and interest cost as follows:


In Thousands	.25% Increase			.25% Decrease
Impact on:
Postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 2006	$	(1,228	)	$	1,297
Service cost and interest cost in 2005		(86	)		91

A 1% increase or decrease in the annual health care cost trend would have impacted the postretirement benefit obligation and service cost and interest cost as follows:


In Thousands	1% Increase		1% Decrease
Impact on:
Postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 2006	$	4,911	$	(4,372	)
Service cost and interest cost in 2005		342		(305	)

New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 151, “Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This Statement clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage) and is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of this Statement in the first quarter of 2006 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” This Statement eliminates the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges on nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance and was effective for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of this Statement did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment.” This Statement is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and is effective for the Company as of the beginning of the first quarter of 2006. The Statement required public companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company will adopt the Statement on January 2, 2006 using the modified prospective application method. The adoption of this Statement is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

FASB Statement 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of the settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. Accordingly, an entity is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 was effective no later than fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The adoption of FIN 47 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3.” This Statement requires retrospective application to prior period financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principle were recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2005 Compared to 2004

The comparison of operating results for 2005 to the operating results for 2004 are affected by the impact of one additional selling week in 2004 due to the Company’s fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31st. The estimated net sales, gross margin and S,D&A expenses for the additional selling week in 2004 of approximately $23.9 million, $11.1 million and $8.1 million, respectively, are included in reported results for 2004.

A summary of key information concerning the Company’s financial results for 2005 and 2004 follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005(1)(3)		2004(2)(4)
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)
Net sales	$	1,380,172	$	1,267,227
Gross margin		627,763		607,761
Interest expense		49,279		43,983
Net income		22,951		21,848
Basic net income per share (5)	$	2.53	$	2.41

(1)	Results for 2005 included a favorable adjustment of $7.0 million (pre-tax) related to the settlement of high fructose corn syrup litigation, which was reflected as a reduction in cost of sales.

(2)	Results for 2004 included an unfavorable non-cash adjustment of $1.7 million (pre-tax) related to a change in the pricing of concentrate purchased from The Coca-Cola Company, which was reflected as an increase to cost of sales.

(3)	Interest expense for 2005 included financing transaction costs of $1.7 million (pre-tax) related to the exchange of $164.8 million of the Company’s long-term debt and the redemption of $8.6 million of debentures.

(4)	Results for 2004 included a favorable adjustment of approximately $2 million (pre-tax) for certain customer-related marketing programs between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company, which was reflected as a reduction in cost of sales.

(5)	The Company does not currently have any stock options or other common stock equivalents that would result in dilution of earnings per share. Accordingly, for the periods presented, basic and fully diluted earnings per share are equivalent.

Net Sales

Net sales increased by approximately 9% in 2005 compared to 2004. The net sales increase in 2005 was primarily due to an increase in average revenue per case of approximately 3%, an increase in bottle/can sales volume of approximately 4% and an increase in sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers of more than 82%.

In 2005, the Company’s bottle/can sales accounted for 85% of the Company’s net sales. Bottle/can net pricing is based on the invoice price charged to customers reduced by promotional allowances. Bottle/can net pricing per case is impacted by the price charged per package, the volume generated in each package and the channels in which those packages are sold. To the extent the Company is able to increase volume in higher margin packages that are sold through higher margin channels, bottle/can net pricing per case can increase without an actual increase in wholesale pricing. In 2005, the increase in the Company’s bottle/can net price per case was primarily achieved with price increases, but also reflects additional mix benefit associated with new products, including energy drinks, Vault, Dasani flavors and Coca-Cola Zero.

The Company’s net sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers and post-mix net sales increased to $134.7 million and $73.1 million in 2005 compared to $73.8 million and $71.5 million in 2004, respectively. The significant increase in sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers resulted from volume related primarily to shipments of Full Throttle, the new energy product of The Coca-Cola Company. The Company produced this product for the majority of the Coca-Cola bottlers in the eastern half of the United States in 2005 and anticipates continuing to produce this product for these customers in 2006.

The percentage increases in bottle/can sales volume by product category in 2005 compared to the comparable period in 2004 were as follows:


Product Category	Bottle/Can Sales Volume % Increase
Sugar carbonated soft drinks	0.2	%
Diet carbonated soft drinks	5	%
Total carbonated soft drinks	2	%
Bottled water	23	%
Isotonics	29	%
Other noncarbonated beverages (including energy drinks)	7	%
Total noncarbonated beverages	19	%
Total bottle/can sales volume	4	%

The Company’s noncarbonated beverage portfolio continues to provide strong volume growth with Dasani growing at 23% and POWERade growing at 29% in 2005. The newly introduced energy drinks, Full Throttle and Rockstar, accounted for .4% of total volume in 2005. Noncarbonated beverages comprised 12.6% of overall bottle/can volume in 2005 compared to 10.9% in 2004. The Company has encountered significant pricing pressure in the supermarket channel for bottled water with average revenue per case declining by approximately 13% in 2005 compared to 2004.

The Company introduced several new products during 2005. During the first quarter of 2005, the Company introduced Full Throttle, an energy product. During the second quarter of 2005, the Company introduced Coca-Cola Zero, Dasani flavors and Vault in certain markets. Vault was introduced to the Company’s remaining markets in the fourth quarter of 2005. Product innovation will continue to be an important factor impacting the Company’s overall bottle/can sales volume in the future.

The Company’s products are sold and distributed through various channels. These channels include selling directly to retail stores and other outlets such as food markets, institutional accounts and vending machine outlets. During 2005, approximately 67% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume was sold for future consumption. The remaining bottle/can sales volume of approximately 33% was sold for immediate

consumption. The Company’s largest customer, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., accounted for approximately 15% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume during 2005. The Company’s second largest customer, Food Lion, LLC, accounted for approximately 10% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume in 2005. All of the Company’s sales are to customers in the United States.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales on a per unit basis for bottle/can sales volume increased approximately 4.5% in 2005 compared to 2004 primarily due to higher raw material costs. The increase in cost of sales was mitigated by the $7.0 million settlement of litigation regarding purchases of high fructose corn syrup. During the second quarter of 2004, The Coca-Cola Company changed its method of concentrate pricing, resulting in a change in the Company’s investment in inventories and an increase in cost of sales of $1.7 million. Cost of sales for 2004 included a favorable item of approximately $2 million, primarily for certain customer-related marketing programs between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company, which were recorded in the first quarter of 2004 as marketing funding support and were reflected as a reduction of cost of sales. Packaging costs per unit increased by approximately 11% during 2005 as compared to 2004. The increase in packaging costs in 2005 related to significantly higher plastic bottle costs resulting from cost increases in the underlying components and increased aluminum can costs, and was the primary cause of the increase in cost of sales on a per unit basis in 2005.

At the beginning of 2004, the Company reclassified plastic shells, premix tanks and CO₂ tanks, which totaled $10.4 million, from property, plant and equipment to inventories. These items were reclassified as the Company believes that they are more closely related to the sale of finished product inventories than to a component of property, plant and equipment. This reclassification had no significant impact on the Company’s overall financial position or results of operations. Costs associated with these items have been reflected in cost of sales beginning in 2004. Previously, costs associated with these items were recorded as depreciation expense.

The Company relies extensively on advertising and sales promotion in the marketing of its products. The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies that supply concentrates, syrups and finished products to the Company make substantial marketing and advertising expenditures to promote sales in the local territories served by the Company. The Company also benefits from national advertising programs conducted by The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies. Certain of the marketing expenditures by The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies are made pursuant to annual arrangements. Although The Coca-Cola Company has advised the Company that it intends to continue to provide marketing funding support, it is not obligated to do so under the Company’s Bottle Contracts. Significant decreases in marketing funding support from The Coca-Cola Company or other beverage companies could adversely impact operating results of the Company in the future.

Total marketing funding support from The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies, which includes direct payments to the Company and payments to customers for marketing programs, was $28.9 million for 2005 versus $39.9 million for 2004 and was recorded as a reduction in cost of sales. Since May 28, 2004, The Coca-Cola Company has provided the majority of the Company’s marketing funding support for bottle/can products through a reduction in the price of concentrate. The change in concentrate price represents a significant portion of the marketing funding support that previously would have been paid to the Company in cash related to the sale of bottle/can products of The Coca-Cola Company. Accordingly, the amounts received in cash from The Coca-Cola Company for marketing funding support decreased significantly in 2005 as compared to 2004. However, this change in marketing funding support, after taking into account the related reduction in concentrate price, did not have a significant impact on overall results of operations in 2004 or 2005.

Cost of sales includes the following: raw material costs, manufacturing labor, manufacturing overhead, inbound freight charges related to raw materials, receiving costs, inspection costs, manufacturing warehousing costs and freight charges related to the movement of finished goods from manufacturing locations to sales distribution centers.

Gross Margin

Gross margins in 2005 and 2004 were impacted by adjustments for items that are not necessarily indicative of the Company’s ongoing results. Excluding these adjustments, the Company’s gross margins and gross margins as a percentage of net sales would have been as follows:


In Millions	2005			2004
Gross margin as reported	$	627.8		$	607.8
Adjustments:
High fructose corn syrup litigation proceeds		(7.0	)
Change in concentrate pricing					1.7
Customer marketing programs adjustment					(2.0	)

Gross margin as adjusted	$	620.8		$	607.5


Percentage of Net Sales	2005			2004
Gross margin percentage as reported		45.5	%		48.0	%
Adjustments:
High fructose corn syrup litigation proceeds		(.5	%)
Change in concentrate pricing					.1	%
Customer marketing programs adjustment					(.2	%)

Gross margin percentage as adjusted		45.0	%		47.9	%

The non-GAAP financial measures “Gross margin as adjusted” and “Gross margin percentage as adjusted” are provided to allow investors to more clearly evaluate gross margin trends. These measures exclude the impact of high fructose corn syrup litigation proceeds in 2005 and a change in concentrate pricing and an adjustment of customer marketing programs reimbursements in 2004. The 2.9% decrease in adjusted gross margin as a percentage of net sales from 2004 to 2005 resulted primarily from the impact of higher sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers, which have lower margins (1.9% of the 2.9% decrease). The remainder of the decrease resulted primarily from increases in the Company’s packaging costs which were not offset by higher average net pricing.

The Company’s gross margins as a percentage of net sales may not be comparable to other companies, since some entities include all costs related to their distribution network in cost of sales and the Company excludes a portion of these costs from gross margin, including them instead in S,D&A expenses.

S,D&A Expenses

S,D&A expenses increased by approximately 4% in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in S,D&A expenses was primarily due to wage increases for the Company’s employees of approximately $9 million, higher employee benefits costs including pension and health care costs of approximately $1 million and higher fuel costs of approximately $4 million. The Company continues to incur increased fuel costs.

Over the last three years, the Company has converted the majority of its distribution system from a conventional sales method to a predictive selling method in which sales personnel either visit or call a customer to determine the customer’s requirements for their order. This predictive selling method has enabled the Company to add a significant number of new products and packages and provides the capacity to add additional product offerings in the future. The Company will continue to evaluate its distribution system in an effort to improve the process of distributing products to customers. The Company is in the process of changing its delivery method for certain customers as described more fully above under “Areas of Emphasis, Distribution Cost Management.” Shipping and handling costs related to the movement of finished goods from manufacturing locations to sales distribution centers are included in cost of sales. Shipping and handling costs related to the movement of finished goods from sales distribution centers to customer locations are included in S,D&A

expenses and totaled $183.1 million and $176.3 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Customers generally do not pay the Company separately for shipping and handling costs. For certain low volume on-premise customers, the Company initiated a delivery charge beginning in October 2005 to offset a portion of the increased fuel costs. The delivery charge of $.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 was recorded in net sales.

On February 22, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an amendment to its principal Company-sponsored pension plan to cease further benefit accruals under the plan effective June 30, 2006. The Company anticipates that the annual expense for the pension plans will decrease approximately $3 million in 2006.

In October 2005, the Company announced changes to its postretirement health care plan. Due to the changes announced, the Company believes that its expense and liability related to its postretirement health care plan will be reduced. Both the expense and liability for postretirement health care benefits are subject to determination by the Company’s actuaries and include numerous variables that will affect the impact of the announced changes. The Company anticipates that the annual expense for the postretirement health care plan will decrease approximately $2.5 million in 2006.

The S,D&A expense line item includes the following: sales management labor costs, distribution costs from sales distribution centers to customer locations, sales distribution center warehouse costs, point-of-sale expenses, advertising expenses, vending equipment repair costs and administrative support labor and operating costs such as treasury, legal, information services, accounting, internal audit and executive management costs.

Depreciation Expense

Depreciation expense for 2005 declined by $2.6 million compared to 2004. The decline in depreciation expense was primarily due to lower levels of capital spending over the last several years. Capital expenditures in 2005 amounted to $40.0 million compared to $52.9 million in 2004. The Company anticipates that additions to property, plant and equipment in 2006 will be in the range of $60 million to $70 million and plans to fund such additions through cash flows from operations and its available credit facilities. The Company is in the process of implementing an upgrade of its Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) computer software system. During 2005 and 2004, the Company capitalized $2.9 million and $3.1 million, respectively, related to the implementation of the new ERP software. The Company began using a portion of the new ERP software and began amortizing the related capitalized software costs during the second quarter of 2004. It is anticipated that the upgrade of the Company’s ERP system will be a multi-year effort and will require additional capital investment. The Company anticipates that capital expenditures in 2006 related to the ERP system upgrade will be in the range of $5 million to $10 million.

Amortization of Intangibles

Amortization of intangibles expense for 2005 declined by $2.2 million compared to 2004. The decline in amortization expense was due to the impact of certain customer relationships which are now fully amortized.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $5.3 million in 2005 compared to 2004. The increase is attributable to financing transaction costs of $1.7 million related to the exchange of $164.8 million of the Company’s long-term debentures and the early retirement of $8.6 million of its debentures, and higher interest rates on the Company’s floating rate debt, partially offset by interest earned on short-term cash investments of $.5 million. The Company’s overall weighted average interest rate, excluding the financing costs related to the debt exchange and the premium related to the early retirement of debentures, increased from an average of 5.4% during 2004 to

6.2% during 2005. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources, Interest Rate Hedging” section of M,D&A for additional information.

Minority Interest

The Company recorded minority interest of $4.1 million in 2005 compared to $3.8 million in 2004 related to the portion of Piedmont owned by The Coca-Cola Company. The increased amount in 2005 was due to improvements in operating results at Piedmont.

Income Taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rate for 2005 was 40.8% compared to 40.2% in 2004. The deduction for qualified production activities provided within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 reduced the Company’s effective income tax rate by approximately 1% in 2005.

During the second quarter of 2005, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with a state whereby the Company agreed to reduce certain net operating loss carryforwards and to pay certain additional taxes and interest relating to prior years. The loss of state net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax benefit, of $4.4 million did not have an effect on the provision for income taxes due to a valuation allowance previously recorded for such deferred tax assets. Under this settlement, the Company was required to pay $5.7 million in the second quarter of 2005 and is required to pay an additional $5.0 million by no later than April 15, 2006. The amounts paid and remaining to be paid in excess of liabilities previously recorded had the effect of increasing income tax expense by approximately $4.1 million in the second quarter of 2005. Based on an analysis of facts and available information, the Company also made adjustments to liabilities for income tax exposure related to other states in the second quarter of 2005 which had the effect of decreasing income tax expense by $3.8 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company, entered into settlement agreements with two other states regarding certain tax years. The effect of these settlements was the reduction of certain state net operating loss carryforwards with a tax effect, net of federal tax benefit, of $.6 million, the payment of $1.1 million in previously accrued tax and the reduction of valuation allowances of $1.2 million net of federal tax benefit, related to net operating loss utilization in these states. The Company recognized in the fourth quarter of 2005 an increase in the average state income tax rate which is used in determining the net deferred income tax liability. This increase in the state income tax rate resulted in additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2005 of $1.6 million.

The Company’s income tax liabilities are subject to adjustment in future periods based on the Company’s ongoing evaluations of its income tax liabilities and new facts and information that become available to the Company.

2004 Compared to 2003

The comparison of operating results for 2004 to the operating results for 2003 are affected by the impact of one additional selling week in 2004 due to the Company’s fiscal year ending on the Sunday closest to December 31st. The estimated net sales, gross margin and S,D&A expenses for the additional selling week in 2004 of approximately $23.9 million, $11.1 million and $8.1 million, respectively, are included in reported results for 2004.

A summary of key information concerning the Company’s financial results for 2004 and 2003 follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2004(1)(2)		2003(3)
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)
Net sales	$	1,267,227	$	1,220,403
Gross margin		607,761		591,323
Interest expense		43,983		41,914
Income taxes		14,702		7,357
Net income		21,848		30,703
Basic net income per share (4)	$	2.41	$	3.40

(1)	Results for 2004 included an unfavorable non-cash adjustment of $1.7 million (pre-tax) related to a change in the pricing of concentrate purchased from The Coca-Cola Company, which was reflected as an increase to cost of sales.

(2)	Results for 2004 included a favorable adjustment of approximately $2 million (pre-tax) for certain customer-related marketing programs between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company, which was reflected as a reduction in cost of sales.

(3)

(4)	The Company does not currently have any stock options or other common stock equivalents that would result in dilution of earnings per share. Accordingly, for the periods presented, basic and fully diluted earnings per share are equivalent.

Net Income

The Company reported net income of $21.8 million or $2.41 per basic share for 2004 compared with net income of $30.7 million or $3.40 per share for 2003. The most significant difference between 2004 and 2003 was an increase in the Company’s effective income tax rate from 19.3% in 2003 to 40.2% in 2004.

Net Sales

The Company’s net sales increased approximately 4% in 2004 compared to 2003. This increase in net sales reflected approximately 3% growth in average revenue per case and a 2% decrease in bottle/can sales volume. The Company’s net sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers and post-mix net sales increased to $73.8 million and $71.5 million in 2004 compared to $69.2 million and $67.1 million in 2003, respectively.

The percentage increases (decreases) in bottle/can sales volume by product category in 2004 compared to the comparable period in 2003 were as follows:


Product Category	Bottle/Can Sales Volume % Increase (Decrease)
Sugar carbonated soft drinks	(6	%)
Diet carbonated soft drinks	5	%
Total carbonated soft drinks	(2	%)
Bottled water	3	%
Isotonics	17	%
Other noncarbonated beverages (including energy drinks)	(14	%)
Total noncarbonated beverages	0.4	%
Total bottle/can sales volume	(2	%)

Some of the factors contributing to the overall decrease in bottle/can sales volume in 2004 were as follows:

•

Volume of carbonated soft drinks in the nonalcoholic beverage industry declined with volume decreases in sugar carbonated soft drinks offset somewhat by volume growth from diet carbonated soft drinks, isotonics and bottled water.

•

Some of the Company’s largest customers are chain supermarkets. During 2004, certain chain supermarket customers were less aggressive in their promotion of the Company’s products resulting in volume declines for those customers. The Company’s volume in the supermarket channel was negatively impacted by less aggressive pricing by certain retailers in this channel in 2004 and 2003.

•

Large portions of the Company’s bottling territory experienced unseasonably cool weather in August 2004 and several tropical storms during September 2004, which contributed to the decline in sales during the third quarter of 2004. The tropical storms during September 2004 had a significant impact on the bottle/can sales volume in immediate consumption channels.

In 2004, the Company’s bottle/can sales accounted for 88% of the Company’s net sales. Bottle/can net pricing is based on the invoice price charged to customers reduced by promotional allowances. Bottle/can net pricing per case is impacted by the price charged per package, the volume generated in each package and the channels in which those packages are sold. To the extent the Company is able to increase volume in higher margin packages that are sold through higher margin channels, bottle/can net pricing per case can increase without an actual increase in wholesale pricing. In 2004, the increase in the Company’s bottle/can net price per case was primarily achieved with price increases.

While total carbonated bottle/can sales volume in 2004 decreased by 2% compared to 2003, bottle/can sales volume of the Company’s carbonated diet products increased by approximately 5%.

For the Company’s noncarbonated beverage portfolio, which includes bottled water, juices and isotonics, bottle/can sales volume was flat in 2004. Bottle/can sales volume increases in 2004 for Dasani of approximately 3% and for POWERade of approximately 17% were offset by a decrease in other noncarbonated products. Noncarbonated beverages comprised 10.9% of the overall bottle/can volume in 2004 compared to 10.7% in 2003.

During 2004, approximately 66% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume was sold for future consumption. The remaining bottle/can sales volume of approximately 34% was sold for immediate consumption. The Company’s largest customer, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., accounted for approximately 13% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume and the second largest customer, Food Lion, LLC, accounted for approximately 10% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume during 2004. Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. accounted for approximately 10% of the Company’s total net sales in 2004.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales on a per unit basis increased approximately 4% in 2004 compared to 2003. The increase was primarily due to higher raw material costs and higher expense related to the reclassification of certain items from property, plant and equipment to inventories at the beginning of 2004.

In 2003, The Coca-Cola Company offered, through a program called Strategic Growth Initiative (“SGI”), an opportunity for the Company to receive marketing funding support, subject to the Company’s achievement of certain volume performance requirements. The Company recorded $3.2 million as a reduction in cost of sales related to SGI during 2003. The SGI program was eliminated in 2004; however, The Coca-Cola Company offset the impact of the elimination of the SGI program by adjusting the price of concentrate as of January 1, 2004.

On May 28, 2004, The Coca-Cola Company changed its method of delivering marketing funding support to the Company for bottle/can products. Subsequent to May 28, 2004, the majority of the Company’s marketing

funding support for bottle/can products from The Coca-Cola Company was delivered as an offset against the price of concentrate. The reduction in concentrate price represents a significant portion of the marketing funding support that otherwise would have been paid to the Company related to the sale of bottle/can products of The Coca-Cola Company. Due to this change in concentrate pricing, the Company’s investment in inventories was reduced, resulting in an increase in cost of sales of $1.7 million in the second quarter of 2004. As a result of this change in pricing, the amounts received in cash from The Coca-Cola Company for marketing funding support decreased significantly in 2004 as compared to the prior year as discussed below. Cost of sales for 2004 included favorable nonrecurring items of approximately $2 million, primarily for certain customer-related marketing programs between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company, which were recorded in the first quarter of 2004 as marketing funding support and were reflected as a reduction of cost of sales.

At the beginning of 2004, the Company reclassified plastic shells, premix tanks and CO₂ tanks, which totaled $10.4 million, from property, plant and equipment to inventories. These items were reclassified as the Company believes that they are more closely related to the sale of finished product inventories than to a component of property, plant and equipment. This reclassification had no significant impact on the Company’s overall financial position or results of operations during 2004. Costs associated with these items have been reflected in cost of sales during 2004. Previously, costs associated with these items were recorded as depreciation expense.

During 2003, the Company and all other Coca-Cola bottlers in the United States formed Coca-Cola Bottling Sales and Services Company, LLC (“CCBSS”) for the purpose of facilitating various procurement functions and distributing certain specified beverage products of The Coca-Cola Company. CCBSS is responsible for negotiating contracts for most of the significant raw materials purchased by the Company other than concentrate.

Gross Margin

Gross margin as a percentage of net sales decreased from 48.5% in 2003 to 48.0% in 2004 primarily as a result of increases in the Company’s cost of sales. The Company’s gross margin as a percentage of net sales may not be comparable to other companies, since some entities include all costs related to their distribution network in cost of sales and the Company excludes a portion of these costs from gross margin, including them instead in S,D&A expenses.

S,D&A Expenses

S,D&A expenses increased by approximately 5% in 2004 compared to 2003. The increase in S,D&A expenses was primarily attributable to increases in employee compensation and employee benefit plans (including costs related to the Company’s pension and health care plans) and higher fuel costs. Pension expense was higher by approximately $1 million in 2004 as compared to 2003, primarily due to lower interest rates used to discount the Company’s pension liability. Employee health care related costs increased by $2.1 million in 2004 over 2003. S,D&A expenses for the last three quarters of 2004 were also impacted by the capitalization of the Company’s corporate headquarters facilities lease. The lease obligation was capitalized effective March 1, 2004 as the Company received a renewal option to extend the term of the lease which it expects to exercise. The lease was previously accounted for as an operating lease. The capitalization of this lease, reduced S,D&A expenses by $2.3 million in 2004 as compared to 2003. Fuel costs for 2004 related to the movement of finished goods from sales distribution centers to customer locations increased by approximately 18% or $2.0 million over 2003. Fuel costs increased primarily due to both higher usage and higher rates for fuel.

Shipping and handling costs related to the movement of finished goods from sales distribution centers to customer locations are included in S,D&A expenses and totaled $176.3 million and $168.1 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Customers generally do not pay the Company separately for shipping and handling costs.

Depreciation Expense

Depreciation expense of $70.8 million for 2004 declined by $5.7 million compared to 2003. The reduction in depreciation expense is related to lower capital spending over the past several years, the closing of several sales distribution centers and lower expense related to the reclassification of certain items from property, plant and equipment to inventories at the beginning of 2004, offset partially by amortization expense related to new capital leases. Ongoing costs related to the items reclassified from property, plant and equipment to inventories are reflected in cost of sales. The decrease in depreciation expense in 2004 was offset partially by the amortization of a capital lease for the Company’s Charlotte, North Carolina corporate headquarters buildings of $1.1 million in 2004.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for 2004 of $44.0 million increased by $2.1 million or approximately 5% from $41.9 million in 2003 primarily due to new capital lease obligations, higher interest rates on the Company’s floating rate debt and a $1.2 million interest accrual during the fourth quarter of 2004 related to the settlement of a state tax audit. The impact of the increase in interest expense was offset partially by lower debt balances. Interest expense for 2004 included $1.9 million related to the capitalization of the Company’s corporate headquarters facilities lease as previously discussed. The Company’s overall weighted average interest rate increased from an average of 4.9% during 2003 to 5.4% during 2004.

Debt and capital lease obligations decreased from $848.3 million at December 28, 2003 to $789.1 million at January 2, 2005. As discussed above, the Company capitalized a lease on its corporate headquarters facilities during the first quarter of 2004 which had previously been accounted for as an operating lease and entered into another capital lease related to a new operating facility at the end of the second quarter of 2004. The capitalization of these leases resulted in additional capital lease obligations of $37.3 million. Debt and capital lease obligations at January 2, 2005 and December 28, 2003 included $81.0 million and $45.6 million, respectively, attributable to capital leases.

Minority Interest

The Company recorded minority interest of $3.8 million in 2004 compared to $3.3 million in 2003 related to the portion of Piedmont owned by The Coca-Cola Company. The increased amount in 2004 was due to improvements in operating results at Piedmont.

Income Taxes

The Company’s effective income tax rates for 2004 and 2003 were approximately 40.2% and 19.3%, respectively. The effective income tax rate of 19.3% in 2003 was due to net favorable adjustments of $8.6 million during the year as follows:

•

During the second quarter of 2003, the Company reduced its valuation allowance upon the completion of a state income tax audit which resulted in a favorable adjustment to income tax expense of $3.1 million.

•

During the third quarter of 2003, in conjunction with a reorganization of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and a corresponding assessment of the Company’s ability to utilize certain state net operating loss carryforwards, the Company reduced its valuation allowance related to such carryforwards. This reduction in the valuation allowance decreased income tax expense by $6.5 million.

•

An income tax benefit of approximately $1.6 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003 related to the return of certain insurance premiums primarily in conjunction with the elimination of a split-dollar life insurance program for officers of the Company.

•

The Company decided to terminate certain Company-owned life insurance policies and recorded additional income tax expense of $2.6 million in the third and fourth quarters of 2003 related to the taxable value of these policies.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets increased slightly from $1.31 billion at January 2, 2005 to $1.34 billion at January 1, 2006 primarily due to increases in cash, accounts receivable, inventories and other assets, partially offset by a decrease in property, plant and equipment, net. Other assets increased by $14.0 million from January 2, 2005 to January 1, 2006 primarily as a result of the premium paid in conjunction with the exchange of $164.8 million of the Company’s long-term debt during 2005. Property, plant and equipment, net decreased primarily due to lower levels of capital spending over the past several years.

Net working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, increased by $38.6 million from January 2, 2005 to January 1, 2006.

Significant changes in net working capital from January 2, 2005 to January 1, 2006 were as follows:

•

An increase in cash of $30.7 million due to cash flows from operating activities.

•

An increase in accounts receivable, trade of $12.5 million primarily due to growth in franchise bottle/can revenue and a significant increase in sales to other Coca-Cola bottlers.

•

An increase in inventories of $9.3 million due to the addition of new products.

•

An increase in accounts payable, trade of $13.5 million primarily due to growth in bottle/can sales volume.

Debt and capital lease obligations were $777.2 million as of January 1, 2006 compared to $789.1 million as of January 2, 2005. Debt and capital lease obligations as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005 included $79.2 million and $81.0 million, respectively, of capital lease obligations related primarily to Company facilities.

The Company had recorded a minimum pension liability adjustment of $25.8 million, net of tax, as of January 2, 2005 to reflect the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s pension plan assets and the accumulated benefit obligation of the plans. The Company recorded an additional minimum pension liability adjustment of $4.3 million, net of tax, as of January 1, 2006 resulting in a total minimum pension liability adjustment of $30.1 million. Contributions to the Company’s pension plans were $8.0 million in 2005 and $28.0 million in 2004. The Company anticipates that there will be no contributions to the principal Company-sponsored plan in 2006.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Capital Resources

Sources of capital for the Company include cash flows from operating activities, bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities. Management believes that the Company, through these sources, has sufficient financial resources available to maintain its current operations and provide for its current capital expenditure and working capital requirements, scheduled debt payments, interest and income tax payments and dividends for stockholders. The amount and frequency of future dividends will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in light of the earnings and financial condition of the Company at such time, and no assurance can be given that dividends will be declared in the future.

The Company primarily uses cash flow from operations and available credit facilities to meet its cash requirements. As of January 1, 2006, the Company had $100 million available under its revolving credit facility to meet its cash requirements. The $100 million facility replaced an existing $125 million revolving credit facility on April 7, 2005.

The Company has obtained the majority of its long-term financing from the public markets. As of January 1, 2006, $691.5 million of the Company’s total outstanding balance of debt and capital lease obligations of $777.2 million was financed through publicly offered debt. The Company had capital lease obligations of $79.2 million as of January 1, 2006. The remainder of the Company’s debt is provided by several financial institutions. The Company mitigates its financing risk by using multiple financial institutions and carefully evaluating the credit worthiness of these institutions. The Company enters into credit arrangements only with institutions with investment grade credit ratings. The Company monitors counterparty credit ratings on an ongoing basis. The Company’s interest rate derivative contracts are with several different financial institutions to minimize the concentration of credit risk. The Company has master agreements with the counterparties to its derivative financial agreements that provide for net settlement of derivative transactions.

Cash Sources and Uses

The primary source of cash for the Company has been cash provided by operating activities. The primary uses of cash in 2005 have been for capital expenditures, the repayment of debt maturities and capital lease obligations, the premium on the debt exchange, income tax payments and dividends.

A summary of cash activity for 2005 and 2004 follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004
In Millions
Cash sources
Cash provided by operating activities	$	102.1	$	117.9
Proceeds from redemption of life insurance policies				29.0
Other		5.2		2.4

Total cash sources	$	107.3	$	149.3

Cash uses
Capital expenditures	$	40.0	$	52.9
Repayment of debt maturities and capital lease obligations		11.9		96.5
Premium on exchange of long-term debt		15.6
Dividends		9.1		9.1

Total cash uses	$	76.6	$	158.5

Increase (decrease) in cash	$	30.7	$	(9.2	)

Based on current projections, which include a number of assumptions such as the Company’s pre-tax earnings, the Company anticipates its cash requirements for income taxes will increase from $11.2 million in 2005 to a range of $13 million to $17 million in 2006. The estimated cash requirements for 2006 includes $5 million related to the settlement of a state tax audit accrued in 2005.

Investing Activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment during 2005 were $40.0 million compared to $52.9 million in 2004. Capital expenditures during 2005 were funded with cash flows from operations and from borrowings under the Company’s available lines of credit. Leasing is used for certain capital additions when considered cost effective relative to other sources of capital. The Company currently leases its corporate headquarters, two production facilities and several sales distribution facilities and administrative facilities.

At the end of 2005, the Company had commitments of $11.4 million for the purchase of route delivery vehicles related to the initial rollout of an improved pre-sell delivery system. The Company considers the acquisition of bottling territories on an ongoing basis. The Company anticipates that additions to property, plant and equipment in 2006 will be in the range of $60 million to $70 million and plans to fund such additions through cash flows from operations and its available lines of credit. The increase in anticipated capital expenditures in 2006 relates primarily to the acquisition of route delivery vehicles which will enable the Company to implement a more efficient delivery method for certain customers.

Financing Activities

In December 2005, the Company repurchased $8.6 million of its outstanding 6.375% debentures due May 2009 and paid a premium of $.4 million which was reflected in interest expense during the fourth quarter of 2005. The Company used cash on hand to retire these debentures.

In June 2005, the Company issued $164.8 million of new 5.00% senior notes due 2016 in exchange for $122.2 million of its outstanding 6.375% debentures due 2009 and $42.6 million of its outstanding 7.20% debentures due 2009. The exchange was conducted as a private placement to holders of the existing debentures that were “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. As part of the exchange, the Company paid a premium of $15.6 million to holders participating in the exchange. The transaction was accounted for as an exchange of debt, and the $15.6 million premium is being amortized over the life of the new notes. The Company incurred financing transaction costs of $1.3 million related to the exchange of debt, which were included in interest expense during the second quarter of 2005. In August 2005, the Company successfully completed a registered exchange offer in which all of the previously issued private notes were exchanged for substantially identical registered notes. The exchange of debt will reduce the Company’s interest costs prospectively and lengthens maturities on portions of the Company’s debt, reducing refinancing requirements in the near-term by extending the maturity dates on a portion of its total debt.

On April 7, 2005, the Company entered into a new five-year $100 million revolving credit facility replacing the existing $125 million revolving credit facility that was scheduled to expire in December 2005. On January 1, 2006, there were no amounts outstanding under the new facility. The $100 million facility matures in April 2010. The new facility includes an option to extend the term for an additional year at the discretion of the participating banks. The new revolving credit facility bears interest at a floating base rate or a floating rate of LIBOR plus an interest rate spread of .375%. In addition, there is a facility fee of .125% required for this revolving credit facility. Both the interest rate spread and the facility fee are determined from a commonly used pricing grid based on the Company’s long-term senior unsecured noncredit-enhanced debt rating. The Company’s new revolving credit facility contains two financial covenants related to ratio requirements for interest coverage, and long-term debt to cash flow, each as defined in the credit agreement. These covenants do not currently, and the Company does not anticipate that they will, restrict its liquidity or capital resources.

The Company borrows periodically under its available lines of credit. These lines of credit, in the aggregate amount of $60 million at January 1, 2006, are made available at the discretion of the two participating banks at rates negotiated at the time of borrowing and may be withdrawn at any time by such banks. The Company can utilize its revolving credit facility in the event the lines of credit are not available. On January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, $6.5 million and $8.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under the lines of credit.

In January 1999, the Company filed a shelf registration for up to $800 million of debt and equity securities. The Company has issued $500 million of long-term debt under this shelf registration. The Company currently has up to $300 million available for use under this shelf registration which, subject to the Company’s ability to consummate a transaction on acceptable terms, could be used for long-term financing or refinancing of debt maturities.

The Company currently provides financing for Piedmont under the terms of an agreement that expires on December 31, 2010. The current agreement with Piedmont is an extension of a previous agreement that expired on December 31, 2005. Piedmont pays the Company interest on its borrowings at the Company’s average cost of funds plus .50%. The loan balance at January 1, 2006 was $104.8 million.

All of the outstanding long-term debt has been issued by the Company with none having been issued by any of the Company’s subsidiaries. There are no guarantees of the Company’s debt.

At January 1, 2006, the Company’s credit ratings were as follows:


		Long-Term Debt
Standard & Poor’s		BBB
Moody’s		Baa2

The Company’s credit ratings are reviewed periodically by the respective rating agencies. Changes in the Company’s operating results or financial position could result in changes in the Company’s credit ratings. Lower credit ratings could result in higher borrowing costs for the Company. There were no changes in these credit ratings from the prior year. It is the Company’s intent to continue to reduce its financial leverage over time.

The Company’s public debt is not subject to financial covenants but does limit the incurrence of certain liens and encumbrances as well as indebtedness by the Company’s subsidiaries in excess of certain amounts.

The Company issued 20,000 shares of Class B Common Stock to J. Frank Harrison, III, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, with respect to 2004, effective January 3, 2005, under a restricted stock award plan that provides for annual awards of such shares subject to the Company meeting certain performance criteria. The compensation expense for 2005 associated with the issuance of these 20,000 shares was $1.5 million and was recorded in S,D&A expenses.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company has identified two manufacturing cooperatives in which it is a member as variable interest entities. The Company has guaranteed $41.4 million of debt and related lease obligations for these cooperatives. As of January 1, 2006, the Company’s variable interest in these cooperatives includes an equity ownership in each of the entities and the guarantees. The Company’s maximum exposure, if the cooperatives borrowed up to their borrowing capacity, would have been $64.3 million including the Company’s equity interest. The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of either of the cooperatives. See Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information about these cooperatives.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 1, 2006:


	Payments Due by Period
	Total		2006		2007-2008		2009-2010		2011 and Thereafter
In Thousands
Contractual obligations:
Total debt, net of interest	$	697,989	$	6,539	$	100,000	$	176,693	$	414,757
Capital lease obligations, net of interest		79,202		1,709		3,275		3,796		70,422
Estimated interest on long-term debt and capital lease obligations (1)		413,140		46,875		86,929		64,618		214,718
Purchase obligations (2)		671,692		79,805		159,610		159,610		272,667
Other long-term liabilities (3)		78,796		4,923		10,257		9,687		53,929
Operating leases		18,921		2,551		3,913		2,780		9,677
Long-term contractual arrangements (4)		32,024		7,267		12,307		7,718		4,732
Interest rate swap agreements		4,645		1,824		2,345		336		140
Purchase orders (5)		16,558		16,558

Total contractual obligations	$	2,012,967	$	168,051	$	378,636	$	425,238	$	1,041,042

(1)	Includes interest payments based on contractual terms and current interest rates for variable rate debt.

(2)	Represents an estimate of the Company’s obligation to purchase 17.5 million cases of finished product on an annual basis through May 2014 from South Atlantic Canners, a manufacturing cooperative.

(3)	Includes obligations under executive benefit plans, non-compete liabilities and other long-term liabilities.

(4)	Includes contractual arrangements with certain prestige properties, athletic venues and other prestige locations, and other long-term marketing commitments.

(5)	Purchase orders include commitments in which a written purchase order has been issued to a vendor, but the goods have not been received or the services performed. Amount includes approximately $11.4 million related to the new route delivery trucks.

The Company is a member of Southeastern Container, a plastic bottle manufacturing cooperative, from which the Company is obligated to purchase at least 80% of its requirements of plastic bottles for certain designated territories. This obligation is not included in the Company’s table of contractual obligations and commercial commitments since there are no minimum purchase requirements.

The Company has $17.4 million of standby letters of credit, primarily related to its property and casualty insurance programs, as of January 1, 2006. See Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to commercial commitments, guarantees, legal and tax matters.

The Company anticipates there will be no contributions to the principal Company-sponsored pension plan in 2006. Postretirement medical care payments are expected to be approximately $2.4 million in 2006. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to pension and postretirement obligations.

Interest Rate Hedging

Company’s financial position and coverage of various interest rate movements. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes nor does it use leveraged financial instruments.

The Company currently has six interest rate swap agreements. These interest rate swap agreements effectively convert $250 million of the Company’s debt from a fixed rate to a floating rate and are accounted for as fair value hedges.

During 2005, 2004 and 2003, interest expense was reduced by $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively, due to amortization of the deferred gains on previously terminated interest rate swap agreements and forward interest rate agreements. Interest expense will be reduced by the amortization of these deferred gains in 2006 through 2010 as follows: $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $.9 million and $.3 million, respectively.

The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s debt and capital lease obligations after taking into account all of the interest rate hedging activities was 6.2% as of January 1, 2006 compared to 5.6% as of January 2, 2005. The Company’s overall weighted average interest rate on its debt and capital lease obligations, excluding the financing transaction costs related to the debt exchange and early debt retirement in 2005, increased to 6.2% from 5.4% in 2004. Including the $1.7 million of financing transaction costs related to the Company’s debt exchange and early debt retirement, the overall weighted average interest rate in 2005 was 6.4%. Approximately 43% of the Company’s debt and capital lease obligations of $777.2 million as of January 1, 2006 was maintained on a floating rate basis and was subject to changes in short-term interest rates.

Assuming no changes in the Company’s capital structure, if market interest rates average 1% more in 2006 than the interest rates as of January 1, 2006, interest expense for 2006 would increase by approximately $3 million. This amount is determined by calculating the effect of a hypothetical interest rate increase of 1% on outstanding floating rate debt and capital lease obligations as of January 1, 2006, including the effects of the Company’s derivative financial instruments. This calculated, hypothetical increase in interest expense for the following twelve months may be different from the actual increase in interest expense from a 1% increase in interest rates due to varying interest rate reset dates on the Company’s floating rate debt and derivative financial instruments.

CAUTIONARY INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as information included in future filings by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and information contained in written material, press releases and oral statements issued by or on behalf of the Company, contains, or may contain, forward-looking management comments and other statements that reflect management’s current outlook for future periods. These statements include, among others, statements relating to:

•

changes in pension expense;

•

anticipated return on pension plan investments;

•

the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards;

•

the Company’s belief that other parties to certain contractual arrangements will perform their obligations;

•

potential marketing funding support from The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies;

•

the Company’s belief that the risk of loss with respect to funds deposited with banks is minimal;

•

the Company’s belief that disposition of certain claims and legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, cash flows or results of operations and that no material amount of loss in excess of recorded amounts is reasonably possible;

•

management’s belief that the Company has adequately provided for any ultimate amounts that are likely to result from tax audits;

•

the Company’s expectation of exercising its option to extend certain lease obligations;

•

the effects of the closings of sales distribution centers;

•

the Company’s intention to continue to evaluate its distribution system in an effort to optimize the process of distributing products;

•

the upgrade of the Company’s ERP software system and the Company’s anticipated capital expenditures related to the upgrade;

•

management’s belief that the Company has sufficient financial resources to maintain current operations and provide for its current capital expenditure and working capital requirements, scheduled debt payments, interest and income tax payments and dividends for stockholders;

•

the Company’s intention to reduce its financial leverage over time;

•

the Company’s belief that the cooperatives whose debt and lease obligations the Company guarantees have sufficient assets and the ability to adjust selling prices of their products to adequately mitigate the risk of material loss and that the cooperatives will perform their obligations under their debt and lease agreements;

•

the Company’s ability to issue $300 million of securities under acceptable terms under its shelf registration statement;

•

the Company’s belief that certain franchise rights are perpetual or will be renewed upon expiration;

•

the Company’s intention to provide for Piedmont’s future financing requirements;

•

the Company’s key priorities for 2006 and the next several years;

•

the Company’s belief that its liquidity or capital resources will not be restricted by certain financial covenants in the Company’s credit agreements;

•

the Company’s hypothetical calculation of the impact of a 1% increase in interest rates on outstanding floating rate debt and capital lease obligations for the next twelve months as of January 1, 2006;

•

the Company’s belief that there will be no contribution to the principal Company-sponsored pension plan in 2006;

•

anticipated cash payments for income taxes of approximately $13 million to $17 million in 2006;

•

anticipated additions to property, plant and equipment in 2006 will be in the range of $60 million to $70 million;

•

the Company’s belief that compliance with environmental laws will not have a material adverse effect on its capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position;

•

the Company’s belief that soft demand for sugar carbonated soft drinks will continue;

•

the Company’s belief that its pension expense will decrease by approximately $3 million in 2006;

•

the Company’s belief that its postretirement benefit expense will decrease by approximately $2.5 million in 2006;

•

the Company’s beliefs and estimates regarding the impact of the adoption of certain new accounting pronouncements;

•

the Company’s belief that CCBSS will increase purchasing efficiency and reduce future increases in cost of sales and other operating expenses;

•

the Company’s plans and expectations regarding anticipated changes in its delivery methods for certain delivery systems that will increase pre-sell route delivery efficiency by approximately 30%;

•

the Company’s belief that it will continue to produce Full Throttle for the majority of Coca-Cola bottlers in the eastern half of the United States in 2006;

•

the Company’s belief regarding its ability to raise selling prices to offset higher raw material costs;

•

anticipated product innovation; and

•

the Company’s expectation that its overall bottle/can sales volume will be primarily dependent upon continued growth in diet products, isotonics, bottled water and energy drinks as well as the introduction of new products.

These statements and expectations are based on currently available competitive, financial and economic data along with the Company’s operating plans, and are subject to future events and uncertainties that could cause anticipated events not to occur or actual results to differ materially from historical or anticipated results. Factors that could impact those differences or adversely affect future periods include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth under Item 1A—Risk Factors.

Caution should be taken not to place undue reliance on the Company’s forward-looking statements, which reflect the expectations of management of the Company only as of the time such statements are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The Company is exposed to certain market risks that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company may enter into derivative financial instrument transactions to manage or reduce market risk. The Company does not enter into derivative financial instrument transactions for trading purposes. A discussion of the Company’s primary market risk exposure and interest rate risk is presented below.

Long-Term Debt and Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is subject to interest rate risk on its long-term fixed and floating rate debt. The Company periodically uses interest rate hedging products to modify risk from interest rate fluctuations. The Company has historically altered its fixed/floating rate mix based upon anticipated cash flows from operations relative to the Company’s overall financial condition. Sensitivity analyses are performed to review the impact on the Company’s financial position and coverage of various interest rate movements. The counterparties to these interest rate hedging arrangements are major financial institutions with which the Company also has other financial relationships. While the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance by these parties. The Company generally maintains between 40% and 60% of total borrowings at variable interest rates after taking into account all of the interest rate hedging activities. While this is the target range for the percentage of total borrowings at variable interest rates, the financial position of the Company and market conditions may result in strategies outside of this range at certain points in time. Approximately 43% of the Company’s debt and capital lease obligations of $777.2 million as of January 1, 2006 was subject to changes in short-term interest rates.

As it relates to the Company’s variable rate debt and variable rate leases, assuming no changes in the Company’s financial structure, if market interest rates average 1% more in 2006 than the interest rates as of January 1, 2006, interest expense for 2006 would increase by approximately $3 million. This amount was determined by calculating the effect of the hypothetical interest rate on our variable rate debt and variable rate leases after giving consideration to all our interest rate hedging activities. This calculated, hypothetical increase in interest expense for the following twelve months may be different from the actual increase in interest expense

from a 1% increase in interest rates due to varying interest rate reset dates on the Company’s floating rate debt and derivative financial instruments.

Raw Material and Commodity Price Risk

The Company is subject to commodity price risk arising from price movements for certain commodities included as part of its raw materials. The Company manages this risk in some cases by entering into contracts with adjustable prices. The Company has not historically used derivative commodity instruments in the management of this risk.

Effect of Changing Prices

The principal effect of inflation on the Company’s operating results is to increase costs. Subject to normal competitive market conditions, the Company believes it has the ability to raise selling prices to offset these cost increases over time.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004		2003
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)
Net sales	$	1,380,172	$	1,267,227	$	1,220,403
Cost of sales, excluding depreciation expense shown below		752,409		659,466		629,080

Gross margin		627,763		607,761		591,323

Selling, delivery and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation expense shown below		466,533		449,497		428,462
Depreciation expense		68,222		70,798		76,485
Amortization of intangibles		880		3,117		3,105

Income from operations		92,128		84,349		83,271

Interest expense		49,279		43,983		41,914
Minority interest		4,097		3,816		3,297

Income before income taxes		38,752		36,550		38,060
Income taxes		15,801		14,702		7,357

Net income	$	22,951	$	21,848	$	30,703

Basic net income per share	$	2.53	$	2.41	$	3.40

Diluted net income per share	$	2.53	$	2.41	$	3.40

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding		9,083		9,063		9,043
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding—assuming dilution		9,083		9,063		9,043

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands (Except Share Data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	39,608	$	8,885
Accounts receivable, trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,318 and $1,678, respectively		94,576		82,036
Accounts receivable from The Coca-Cola Company		2,719		7,049
Accounts receivable, other		8,388		9,637
Inventories		58,233		48,886
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		8,862		7,935

Total current assets		212,386		164,428

Property, plant and equipment, net		389,199		418,853
Leased property under capital leases, net		73,244		76,857
Other assets		39,235		25,270
Franchise rights, net		520,672		520,672
Goodwill, net		102,049		102,049
Other identifiable intangible assets, net		5,054		5,934

Total	$	1,341,839	$	1,314,063

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED


	Jan. 1, 2006			Jan. 2, 2005
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of debt	$	6,539		$	8,000
Current portion of obligations under capital leases		1,709			1,826
Accounts payable, trade		44,536			30,989
Accounts payable to The Coca-Cola Company		15,516			18,223
Other accrued liabilities		50,876			50,409
Accrued compensation		18,969			17,186
Accrued interest payable		9,670			11,864

Total current liabilities		147,815			138,497

Deferred income taxes		167,131			165,578
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations		54,844			42,361
Other liabilities		85,188			85,260
Obligations under capital leases		77,493			79,202
Long-term debt		691,450			700,039

Total liabilities		1,223,921			1,210,937

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)
Minority interest		42,784			38,687
Stockholders’ Equity:
Convertible Preferred Stock, $100.00 par value:
Authorized-50,000 shares; Issued-None
Nonconvertible Preferred Stock, $100.00 par value:
Authorized-50,000 shares; Issued-None
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value:
Authorized-20,000,000 shares; Issued-None
Common Stock, $1.00 par value:
Authorized-30,000,000 shares; Issued-9,705,451 and 9,704,951 shares, respectively		9,705			9,704
Class B Common Stock, $1.00 par value:
Authorized-10,000,000 shares; Issued-3,068,366 and 3,048,866 shares, respectively		3,068			3,049
Class C Common Stock, $1.00 par value:
Authorized-20,000,000 shares; Issued-None
Capital in excess of par value		99,376			98,255
Retained earnings		54,355			40,488
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(30,116	)		(25,803	)

		136,388			125,693

Less-Treasury stock, at cost:
Common Stock-3,062,374 shares		60,845			60,845
Class B Common Stock-628,114 shares		409			409

Total stockholders’ equity		75,134			64,439

Total	$	1,341,839		$	1,314,063

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004			2003
In Thousands
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net income	$	22,951		$	21,848		$	30,703
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation expense		68,222			70,798			76,485
Amortization of intangibles		880			3,117			3,105
Deferred income taxes		3,105			14,244			7,357
Losses on sale of property, plant and equipment		775			752			1,182
Amortization of debt costs		1,967			1,101			1,082
Amortization of deferred gains related to terminated interest rate agreements		(1,679	)		(1,945	)		(2,082	)
Minority interest		4,097			3,816			3,297
(Increase) decrease in current assets less current liabilities		4,902			(8,098	)		(13,212	)
(Increase) decrease in other noncurrent assets		(1,475	)		531			914
Increase (decrease) in other noncurrent liabilities		(1,471	)		11,596			12,685
Other		(180	)		101			(182	)

Total adjustments		79,143			96,013			90,631

Net cash provided by operating activities		102,094			117,861			121,334

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt								100,000
Payment of long-term debt		(8,550	)		(85,000	)		(50,000	)
Repayment of current portion of long-term debt					(78	)		(35,039	)
Repayment of lines of credit, net		(1,500	)		(9,600	)		(20,000	)
Cash dividends paid		(9,084	)		(9,063	)		(9,043	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		(1,826	)		(1,843	)		(1,340	)
Proceeds from settlement of forward interest rate agreements								3,135
Debt issuance costs paid								(1,039	)
Premium on exchange of long-term debt		(15,554	)
Other		692			150			(644	)

Net cash used in financing activities		(35,822	)		(105,434	)		(13,970	)

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment		(39,992	)		(52,860	)		(57,795	)
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment		4,443			2,225			2,845
Proceeds from the redemption of life insurance policies					29,049
Acquisitions of companies, net of cash acquired								(52,563	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(35,549	)		(21,586	)		(107,513	)

Net increase (decrease) in cash		30,723			(9,159	)		(149	)

Cash at beginning of year		8,885			18,044			18,193

Cash at end of year	$	39,608		$	8,885		$	18,044

Significant non-cash investing and financing activities
Issuance of Class B Common Stock in connection with stock award	$	1,141		$	1,055		$	1,254
Capital lease obligations incurred					37,307			877
Exchange of long-term debt		164,757

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


	Common Stock		Class B Common Stock			Capital in Excess of Par Value		Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Treasury Stock			Total
In Thousands
Balance on December 29, 2002	$	9,704	$	3,009		$	95,986	$	6,043		$	(20,621	)	$	(61,254	)	$	32,867
Comprehensive income:
Net income									30,703									30,703
Net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax												(62	)					(62	)
Net change in minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax												(3,247	)					(3,247	)

Total comprehensive income																		27,394
Cash dividends paid
Common ($1.00 per share)									(6,642	)								(6,642	)
Class B Common ($1.00 per share)									(2,401	)								(2,401	)
Issuance of Class B Common Stock				20			1,234											1,254

Balance on December 28, 2003	$	9,704	$	3,029		$	97,220	$	27,703		$	(23,930	)	$	(61,254	)	$	52,472

Comprehensive income:
Net income									21,848									21,848
Net gain (loss) on derivatives, net of tax												62						62
Net change in minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax												(1,935	)					(1,935	)

Total comprehensive income																		19,975
Cash dividends paid
Common ($1.00 per share)									(6,642	)								(6,642	)
Class B Common ($1.00 per share)									(2,421	)								(2,421	)
Issuance of Class B Common Stock				20			1,035											1,055

Balance on January 2, 2005	$	9,704	$	3,049		$	98,255	$	40,488		$	(25,803	)	$	(61,254	)	$	64,439

Comprehensive income:
Net income									22,951									22,951
Net change in minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax												(4,313	)					(4,313	)

Total comprehensive income																		18,638
Cash dividends paid
Common ($1.00 per share)									(6,643	)								(6,643	)
Class B Common ($1.00 per share)									(2,441	)								(2,441	)
Issuance of Class B Common Stock				20			1,121											1,141
Conversion of Class B Common Stock into Common Stock		1		(1	)													—

Balance on January 1, 2006	$	9,705	$	3,068		$	99,376	$	54,355		$	(30,116	)	$	(61,254	)	$	75,134

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Significant Accounting Policies

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated (the “Company”) is engaged in the production, marketing and distribution of nonalcoholic beverages, primarily products of The Coca-Cola Company. The Company operates in portions of 11 states, principally in the southeastern region of the United States.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The fiscal years presented are the 52-week periods ended December 28, 2003 and January 1, 2006 and the 53-week period ended January 2, 2005. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31 of each year.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year classifications.

The Company’s significant accounting policies are as follows:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash in banks and cash equivalents, which are highly liquid debt instruments with maturities of less than 90 days. The Company maintains cash deposits with major banks which from time to time may exceed federally insured limits. The Company periodically assesses the financial condition of the institutions and believes that the risk of any loss is minimal.

Credit Risk of Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company sells its products to large supermarket stores and other customers and extends credit, generally without requiring collateral, based on an ongoing evaluation of the customer’s business prospects and financial condition. The Company’s trade accounts receivable are typically collected within approximately 30 days from the date of sale. The Company monitors its exposure to losses on trade accounts receivable and maintains an allowance for potential losses or adjustments. Past due trade accounts receivable balances are written off when the Company’s collection efforts have been unsuccessful in collecting the amount due.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out method for finished products and manufacturing materials and on the average cost method for plastic shells, plastic pallets and other inventories.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements on operating leases are depreciated over the shorter

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

of the estimated useful lives or the term of the lease, including renewal options the Company determines are reasonably assured. Additions and major replacements or betterments are added to the assets at cost. Maintenance and repair costs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred. When assets are replaced or otherwise disposed, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the gains or losses, if any, are reflected in the statement of operations. Gains or losses on the disposal of manufacturing equipment and manufacturing facilities are included in cost of sales. Gains or losses on the disposal of all other property, plant and equipment are included in selling, delivery and administrative (“S,D&A”) expenses. Disposals of property, plant and equipment generally occur when it is not cost effective to repair an asset.

Leased Property Under Capital Leases

Leased property under capital leases is depreciated using the straight-line method over the lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed other than by sale are classified as held and used until they are disposed. Long-lived assets to be disposed by sale are classified as held for sale and are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, and depreciation is ceased.

Internal Use Software

The Company capitalizes costs incurred in the development or acquisition of internal use software. The Company expenses costs incurred in the preliminary project planning stage. Costs, such as maintenance and training, are also expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Amortization expense, which is included in depreciation expense, for internal-use software was $4.7 million, $4.7 million and $4.6 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Franchise Rights and Goodwill

Under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), all business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method and goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but instead are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate such assets may be impaired. The only intangible assets the Company classifies as indefinite lived are franchise rights and goodwill. SFAS No. 142 requires testing of intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill for impairment at least annually. The Company performs its annual impairment test in the third quarter of each year.

For the annual impairment analysis of franchise rights, the fair value of the Company’s acquired franchise rights is estimated using a multi-period excess earnings approach. This approach involves a projection of future earnings, discounting those estimated earnings using an appropriate discount rate, and subtracting a contributory charge for net working capital; property, plant and equipment; assembled workforce and customer relationships to arrive at excess earnings attributable to franchise rights. The present value of the excess earnings attributable to franchise rights is their estimated fair value and is compared to the carrying value.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the annual impairment analysis of goodwill, the Company develops an estimated fair value for the enterprise using an average of three different approaches:

•

Market value, using the Company’s stock price plus outstanding debt and minority interest;

•

Discounted cash flow analysis; and

•

Multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization based upon relevant industry data.

Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

Other identifiable intangible assets primarily represent customer relationships and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Company has a noncontributory pension plan covering substantially all nonunion employees and one noncontributory pension plan covering certain union employees. Costs of the plans are charged to current operations and consist of several components of net periodic pension cost based on various actuarial assumptions regarding future experience of the plans. In addition, certain other union employees are covered by plans provided by their respective union organizations and the Company expenses amounts as paid in accordance with union agreements. The Company recognizes the cost of postretirement benefits, which consist principally of medical benefits, during employees’ periods of active service.

The discount rate assumptions used to determine the pension and postretirement benefit obligations are based on yield rates available on double-A bonds as of each plan’s measurement date.

Amounts recorded for benefit plans reflect estimates related to future interest rates, investment returns, employee turnover, wage increases and health care costs. The Company reviews all assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis.

The Company records an additional minimum pension liability adjustment, when necessary, for the amount of underfunded accumulated pension obligations in excess of accrued pension costs.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to operating loss and tax credit carryforwards as well as differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance will be provided against deferred tax assets if the Company determines it

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

is more likely than not such assets will not ultimately be realized. In addition, the Company records liabilities for uncertain tax positions principally related to state income taxes and certain federal income tax attributes. These liabilities reflect the Company’s best estimate of the ultimate income tax liabilities based on currently known facts and information. Material changes in facts and information as well as the expiration of statutes and/or settlements with the individual state or federal jurisdictions could result in material adjustments to these estimates in the future.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when finished products are delivered to customers and both title and the risks and benefits of ownership are transferred and, in the case of full service vending, when cash is collected from the vending machines. Appropriate provision is made for uncollectible accounts.

The Company receives service fees from The Coca-Cola Company related to the delivery of fountain syrup products to The Coca-Cola Company’s fountain customers. In addition, the Company receives service fees from The Coca-Cola Company related to the repair of fountain equipment owned by The Coca-Cola Company. The fees received from The Coca-Cola Company for the delivery of fountain syrup products to their customers and the repair of their fountain equipment are recognized as revenue when the respective services are completed.

Marketing Programs and Sales Incentives

The Company participates in various marketing and sales programs and arrangements with customers to increase the sale of its products by its customers. Among the programs negotiated with customers are arrangements under which allowances can be earned for attaining agreed-upon sales levels and/or for participating in specific marketing programs. Coupon programs are also developed on a territory-specific basis. The cost of these various programs, included as deductions to net sales, totaled $45.7 million, $40.0 million and $51.3 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Marketing Funding Support

The Company receives marketing funding support payments in cash from The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies. Payments to the Company for marketing programs to promote the sale of bottle/can volume and fountain syrup volume are recognized in earnings primarily on a per unit basis over the year as product is sold. Payments for periodic programs are recognized in the periods for which they are earned.

Under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 02-16 “Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor,” cash consideration received by a customer from a vendor is presumed to be a reduction of the prices of the vendor’s products or services and are, therefore, to be accounted for as a reduction of cost of sales in the statements of operations unless those payments are specific reimbursements of costs or payments for services. Payments the Company receives from The Coca-Cola Company and other beverage companies for marketing funding support are classified as reductions of cost of sales.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company records all derivative instruments in the financial statements at fair value.

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to movements in interest rates. The use of these financial instruments modifies the exposure of these risks with the intent to reduce the risk to the

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading purposes, nor does it use leveraged financial instruments. Credit risk related to the derivative financial instruments is considered minimal and is managed by requiring high credit standards for its counterparties and periodic settlements.

The Company periodically enters into interest rate agreements. The Company has standardized procedures for evaluating the accounting for financial instruments. These procedures include:

•

Identifying and matching of the hedging instrument and the hedged item to ensure that significant features coincide such as maturity dates and interest reset dates;

•

Identifying the nature of the risk being hedged and the Company’s intent for undertaking the hedge;

•

Assessing the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or variability to cash flows attributable to the hedged risk;

•

Assessing evidence that, at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, it is expected that the hedging relationship will be highly effective in achieving an offsetting change in the fair value or cash flows that are attributable to the hedged risk; and

•

Maintaining a process for assessment of ongoing hedge effectiveness.

To the extent the interest rate agreements meet the specified criteria, they are accounted for as either fair value or cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair values of designated and qualifying fair value hedges are recognized in earnings as offsets to changes in the fair value of the related hedged liabilities. Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income and are subsequently reclassified to earnings as an adjustment to interest expense in the same periods the forecasted payments affect earnings. Ineffectiveness of a cash flow hedge, defined as the amount by which the change in the value of the hedge does not exactly offset the change in the value of the hedged item, is reflected in current results of operations.

The Company evaluates its mix of fixed and floating rate debt on an ongoing basis. Periodically, the Company may terminate an interest rate derivative when the underlying debt remains outstanding in order to achieve its desired fixed/floating rate mix. Upon termination of an interest rate derivative accounted for as a cash flow hedge, amounts reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to earnings consistent with the variability of the cash flows previously hedged, which is generally over the life of the related debt that was hedged. Upon termination of an interest rate derivative accounted for as a fair value hedge, the value of the hedge as recorded on the Company’s balance sheet is eliminated against either the cash received or cash paid for settlement and the fair value adjustment of the related debt is amortized to earnings over the remaining life of the debt instrument as an adjustment to interest expense.

Interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are used to hedge the variability of cash flows related to a specific component of the Company’s long-term debt. Interest rate derivatives designated as fair value hedges are used to hedge the fair value of a specific component of the Company’s long-term debt. If the hedged component of long-term debt is repaid or refinanced, the Company generally terminates the related hedge due to the fact the forecasted schedule of payments will not occur or the changes in fair value of the hedged debt will not occur and the derivative will no longer qualify as a hedge. Any gain or loss on the termination of an interest rate derivative related to the repayment or refinancing of long-term debt is recognized currently in the Company’s statement of operations as an adjustment to interest expense. In the event a derivative previously accounted for as a hedge was retained and did not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the fair value would be recognized in the statement of operations currently as an adjustment to interest expense.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Risk Management Programs

Cost of Sales

The following expenses are included in cost of sales: raw material costs, manufacturing labor, manufacturing overhead, inbound freight charges related to raw material costs, receiving costs, inspection costs, manufacturing warehousing costs and freight charges related to the movement of finished goods from manufacturing locations to sales distribution centers.

Selling, Delivery and Administrative Expenses

The following expenses are included in S,D&A expenses: sales management labor costs, costs of distribution from sales distribution centers to customer locations, sales distribution center warehouse costs, point-of-sale expenses, advertising expenses, cold drink dispensing equipment repair costs and administrative support labor and operating costs such as treasury, legal, information services, accounting, internal audit and executive management costs.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs related to the movement of finished goods from manufacturing locations to sales distribution centers are included in cost of sales. Shipping and handling costs related to the movement of finished goods from sales distribution centers to customer locations are included in S,D&A expenses.

Customers generally do not pay the Company separately for shipping and handling costs. Beginning in October 2005, certain low volume customers have been billed a delivery charge. The delivery charge revenue is recorded in net sales.

Compensation Cost for Unvested/Restricted Stock with Contingent Vesting

The Company has a restricted stock plan for the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. The plan initially included 200,000 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, which are issued in the amount of 20,000 shares per year, contingent upon the achievement of 80% of the overall goal achievement factor in the Annual Bonus Plan.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for this plan during a fiscal year based on the quoted market price of the Company’s Common Stock at each measurement date multiplied by the number of shares which would vest if the performance requirements are met, unless the achievement of the performance requirements for that fiscal year is considered unlikely.

Net Income Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes potential common shares that were dilutive and is computed by dividing net income available for common stockholders by the weighted average number of Common and Class B Common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS gives effect to all securities representing potential common shares that were dilutive and outstanding during the period.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership

On July 2, 1993, the Company and The Coca-Cola Company formed Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership (“Piedmont”) to distribute and market nonalcoholic beverages primarily in certain portions of North Carolina and South Carolina. The Company provides a portion of the soft drink products for Piedmont at cost and receives a fee for managing the operations of Piedmont pursuant to a management agreement. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Minority interest as of January 1, 2006, January 2, 2005 and December 28, 2003 represents the portion of Piedmont which is owned by The Coca-Cola Company. The Coca-Cola Company’s interest in Piedmont was 22.7% in all of 2005 and 2004 and the last three quarters of 2003, and 45.3% for the first quarter of 2003.

3. Inventories

Inventories were summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Finished products	$	34,181	$	25,026
Manufacturing materials		9,222		10,148
Plastic shells, plastic pallets and other inventories		14,830		13,712

Total inventories	$	58,233	$	48,886

At the beginning of 2004, the Company reclassified plastic shells, premix tanks and CO₂ tanks, which totaled $10.4 million, from property, plant and equipment to inventories. These items were reclassified as the Company believes they are more closely related to the sale of finished product inventories than to a component of property, plant and equipment. This reclassification had no significant impact on the Company’s overall financial condition or results of operations during 2004. Costs associated with these items have been reflected in cost of sales during 2005 and 2004. Previously, costs associated with these items were recorded as depreciation expense.

For purchases of concentrate by the Company from The Coca-Cola Company subsequent to May 28, 2004, the majority of the Company’s marketing funding support for bottle/can products from The Coca-Cola Company was offset against the price of concentrate. The reduction in concentrate price represents a significant portion of the marketing funding support that otherwise would have been paid to the Company related to the sale of bottle/can products of The Coca-Cola Company. Due to this change in concentrate pricing, the Company’s investment in inventories was reduced.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

The principal categories and estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment were as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005		Estimated Useful Lives
In Thousands
Land	$	12,605	$	12,822
Buildings		110,208		114,176	10-50 years
Machinery and equipment		96,495		92,307	5-20 years
Transportation equipment		167,762		163,707	4-13 years
Furniture and fixtures		44,364		39,228	4-10 years
Cold drink dispensing equipment		339,330		347,971	6-13 years
Leasehold and land improvements		56,788		55,210	5-20 years
Software for internal use		32,258		28,607	3-10 years
Construction in progress		6,627		5,667

Total property, plant and equipment, at cost		866,437		859,695
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		477,238		440,842

Property, plant and equipment, net	$	389,199	$	418,853

5. Leased Property Under Capital Leases

Leased property under capital leases was summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005		Estimated Useful Lives
In Thousands
Leased property under capital leases	$	84,035	$	84,035	3-29 years
Less: accumulated amortization		10,791		7,178

Leased property under capital leases, net	$	73,244	$	76,857

On March 1, 2004, the Company received a renewal option to extend the term of the lease on its corporate headquarters facilities. As disclosed in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, these facilities are leased from a related party. As a result of the Company’s intent to exercise this renewal option, the Company capitalized the lease as of March 1, 2004. The amount recorded for the capitalization of this lease was $32.4 million.

At the end of June 2004, the Company recorded a capital lease of $4.9 million related to a new operating facility.

As of January 1, 2006, real estate represents $73.0 million of total leased property under capital leases, net of which $66.2 million is provided by related parties as described in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. Franchise Rights and Goodwill

Franchise rights and goodwill were summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Franchise rights	$	677,769	$	677,769
Goodwill		155,487		155,487

Franchise rights and goodwill		833,256		833,256
Less: accumulated amortization		210,535		210,535

Franchise rights and goodwill, net	$	622,721	$	622,721

The Company performed its annual impairment test of franchise rights and goodwill during the third quarter of 2005 and determined there was no impairment of the carrying value of these assets.

There was no activity for franchise rights and goodwill in 2005 or 2004.

7. Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

Other identifiable intangible assets were summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005		Estimated Useful Lives
In Thousands
Other identifiable intangible assets	$	9,877	$	58,167	1-18 years
Less: accumulated amortization		4,823		52,233

Other identifiable intangible assets, net	$	5,054	$	5,934

During 2005, the Company wrote-off fully amortized identifiable intangible assets in the amount of $51.2 million. Amortization expense related to other identifiable intangible assets was $.9 million, $3.1 million and $3.1 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Amortization expense of other identifiable intangible assets in future years based upon recorded amounts as of January 1, 2006 will be $.6 million, $.4 million, $.4 million, $.4 million and $.4 million for 2006 through 2010, respectively. Other identifiable intangible assets primarily represent customer relationships.

8. Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities were summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan, 2, 2005
In Thousands
Accrued marketing costs	$	5,578	$	9,289
Accrued insurance costs		10,463		11,129
Accrued taxes (other than income taxes)		729		1,670
Employee benefit plan accruals		8,946		9,009
All other accrued expenses		25,160		19,312

Total	$	50,876	$	50,409

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Debt

Debt was summarized as follows:


	Maturity	Interest Rate		Interest Paid	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Lines of Credit	2006	4.77	%	Varies	$	6,500	$	8,000
Debentures	2007	6.85	%	Semi-annually		100,000		100,000
Debentures	2009	7.20	%	Semi-annually		57,440		100,000
Debentures	2009	6.375	%	Semi-annually		119,253		250,000
Senior Notes	2012	5.00	%	Semi-annually		150,000		150,000
Senior Notes	2015	5.30	%	Semi-annually		100,000		100,000
Senior Notes	2016	5.00	%	Semi-annually		164,757
Other notes payable	2006	5.75	%	Quarterly		39		39

						697,989		708,039
Less: current portion of debt						6,539		8,000

Long-term debt					$	691,450	$	700,039

The principal maturities of debt outstanding on January 1, 2006 were as follows:


In Thousands
2006	$	6,539
2007		100,000
2008		—
2009		176,693
2010		—
Thereafter		414,757

Total debt	$	697,989

The Company has obtained the majority of its long-term financing from the public markets. As of January 1, 2006, $691.5 million of the Company’s total outstanding debt and capital lease obligations of $777.2 million was financed through publicly offered debt. The Company had capital lease obligations of $79.2 million as of January 1, 2006. The remainder of the Company’s debt is provided by several financial institutions. The Company mitigates its financing risk by using multiple financial institutions and carefully evaluating the credit worthiness of those institutions. The Company enters into credit arrangements only with institutions with investment grade credit ratings. The Company monitors counterparty credit ratings on an ongoing basis.

In December 2005, the Company repurchased $8.6 million of its outstanding 6.375% debentures due May 2009. The premium and associated transaction fees totaling $.4 million were included in interest expense in the fourth quarter of 2005.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

life of the new notes. The Company incurred financing transaction costs of $1.3 million related to the exchange of debt which were included in interest expense during the second quarter of 2005. In August 2005, the Company successfully completed a registered exchange offer in which all of the previously issued private notes were exchanged for substantially identical registered notes.

On April 7, 2005, the Company entered into a new five-year $100 million revolving credit facility replacing the existing $125 million facility that was scheduled to expire in December 2005. On January 1, 2006, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. The $100 million facility matures in April 2010. The new facility includes an option to extend the term for an additional year at the discretion of the participating banks. The new revolving credit facility bears interest at a floating base rate or a floating rate of LIBOR plus an interest rate spread of .375%. In addition, there is a facility fee of .125% required for this revolving credit facility. Both the interest rate spread and the facility fee are determined from a commonly used pricing grid based on the Company’s long-term senior unsecured noncredit-enhanced debt rating. The Company’s new revolving credit facility contains two financial covenants related to ratio requirements for interest coverage, and long-term debt to cash flow, each as defined in the credit agreement. These covenants do not currently, and the Company does not anticipate that they will, restrict its liquidity or capital resources.

The Company borrows periodically under its available lines of credit. These lines of credit, in the aggregate amount of $60 million at January 1, 2006, are made available at the discretion of the two participating banks and may be withdrawn at any time by such banks. The Company intends to renew the lines of credit as they mature. The weighted average interest rates on the lines of credit were 4.77% and 2.74% as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively.

The Company currently provides financing for Piedmont under an agreement that expires on December 31, 2010. Piedmont pays the Company interest on its borrowings at the Company’s average cost of funds plus 0.50%. The loan balance at January 1, 2006 was $104.8 million.

The Company filed an $800 million shelf registration for debt and equity securities in January 1999. The Company used this shelf registration to issue long-term debt of $250 million in 1999, $150 million in 2002 and $100 million in 2003. The Company currently has up to $300 million available for use under this shelf registration which, subject to the Company’s ability to consummate a transaction on acceptable terms, could be used for long-term financing or refinancing of debt maturities.

After taking into account all of the interest rate hedging activities, the Company had a weighted average interest rate of 6.2% and 5.6% for its debt and capital lease obligations as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively. The Company’s overall weighted average interest rate on its debt and capital lease obligations was 6.4%, 5.4% and 4.9% for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Excluding the $1.7 million of financing transaction costs related to the Company’s debt exchange in June 2005 and the bond redemption in December 2005, the overall weighted average interest rate for 2005 was 6.2%. As of January 1, 2006, approximately 43% of the Company’s debt and capital lease obligations of $777.2 million was subject to changes in short-term interest rates. The Company considers all floating rate debt and fixed rate debt with a maturity of less than one year to be subject to changes in short-term interest rates.

The Company’s public debt is not subject to financial covenants but does limit the incurrence of certain liens and encumbrances as well as the incurrence of indebtedness by the Company’s subsidiaries in excess of certain amounts.

All of the outstanding long-term debt has been issued by the Company with none being issued by any of the Company’s subsidiaries. There are no guarantees of the Company’s debt.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company periodically uses interest rate hedging products to modify risk from interest rate fluctuations. The Company has historically altered its fixed/floating rate mix based upon anticipated cash flows from operations relative to the Company’s debt level and the potential impact of changes in interest rates on the Company’s overall financial condition. Sensitivity analyses are performed to review the impact on the Company’s financial position and coverage of various interest rate movements. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes nor does it use leveraged financial instruments. All of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are LIBOR-based.

Derivative financial instruments are summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006			Jan. 2, 2005
	Notional Amount		Remaining Term	Notional Amount		Remaining Term
In Thousands
Interest rate swap agreement-floating	$	25,000	1.92 years	$	25,000	2.92 years
Interest rate swap agreement-floating		25,000	1.92 years		25,000	2.92 years
Interest rate swap agreement-floating		50,000	3.42 years		50,000	4.42 years
Interest rate swap agreement-floating		50,000	1.92 years		50,000	2.92 years
Interest rate swap agreement-floating		50,000	3.58 years		50,000	4.58 years
Interest rate swap agreement-floating		50,000	6.92 years		50,000	7.92 years

The Company had six interest rate swap agreements as of January 1, 2006 with varying terms that effectively converted $250 million of the Company’s fixed rate debt to a floating rate. All of the interest rate swap agreements have been accounted for as fair value hedges.

During 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company amortized deferred gains related to previously terminated interest rate swap agreements and forward interest rate agreements, which reduced interest expense by $1.7 million, $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively. Interest expense will be reduced by the amortization of these deferred gains in 2006 through 2010 as follows: $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $1.7 million, $.9 million and $.3 million, respectively.

The counterparties to these contractual arrangements are major financial institutions with which the Company also has other financial relationships. The Company uses several different financial institutions for interest rate derivative contracts to minimize the concentration of credit risk. While the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties, the Company does not anticipate nonperformance by these parties. The Company has master agreements with the counterparties to its derivative financial agreements that provide for net settlement of derivative transactions.

11. Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair values of its financial instruments:

Cash, Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable

The fair values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate carrying values due to the short maturity of these financial instruments.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Public Debt Securities

The fair values of the Company’s public debt securities are based on estimated market prices.

Non-Public Variable Rate Debt

The carrying amounts of the Company’s variable rate borrowings approximate their fair values.

Non-Public Fixed Rate Long-Term Debt

The fair values of the Company’s other notes payable are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair values for the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are based on current settlement values.

Letters of Credit

The fair values of the Company’s letters of credit are based on the notional amounts of the instruments. These letters of credit primarily relate to the Company’s property and casualty insurance programs.

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s debt, derivative financial instruments and letters of credit were as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006				Jan. 2, 2005
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Fair Value
In Thousands
Public debt securities	$	691,450	$	696,171	$	700,000	$	738,666
Non-public variable rate debt		6,500		6,500		8,000		8,000
Non-public fixed rate long-term debt		39		39		39		39
Interest rate swap agreements		8,118		8,118		1,594		1,594
Letters of credit		—		17,374		—		15,826

The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements at January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005 represent the estimated amounts the Company would have paid upon termination of these agreements.

12. Other Liabilities

Other liabilities were summarized as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006		Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Accruals for executive benefit plans	$	61,674	$	59,824
Other		23,514		25,436

Total	$	85,188	$	85,260

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accruals for executive benefit plans relate to three benefit programs for eligible executives of the Company. These benefit programs are the Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan (“Supplemental Savings Plan”), the Officer Retention Plan (“Retention Plan”) and a replacement benefit plan.

Pursuant to the Supplemental Savings Plan, as amended effective January 1, 2005, eligible participants may elect to defer a portion of their annual salary and bonus. Prior to 2006, the Company matched 30% of the first 6% of salary (excluding bonuses) deferred by the participant. Participants are immediately vested in all deferred contributions they make and become fully vested in Company contributions upon completion of five years of service, termination of employment due to death, retirement or a change in control. Participant deferrals and Company contributions made in years prior to 2006 are deemed invested in either a fixed benefit option or certain investment funds specified by the Company. The long-term liability under this plan was $40.3 million and $38.3 million as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively.

Under the Retention Plan, as amended effective January 1, 2005, eligible participants may elect to receive an annuity payable in equal monthly installments over a 10, 15 or 20-year period commencing at retirement or, in certain instances, upon termination of employment. The benefits under the Retention Plan increase with each year of participation as set forth in an agreement between the participant and the Company. Benefits under the Retention Plan are 50% vested until age 50. After age 50, the vesting percentage increases by an additional 5% each year until the benefits are fully vested at age 60. The long-term liability under this plan was $20.4 million and $18.9 million as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively.

In conjunction with the elimination in 2003 of a split-dollar life insurance benefit for officers of the Company, a replacement benefit plan was established. The replacement benefit plan provides a supplemental benefit to eligible participants that increases with each additional year of service and is comparable to benefits provided to eligible participants previously through certain split-dollar life insurance agreements. Upon separation from the Company, participants receive an annuity payable in up to ten annual installments or a lump sum. In 2005, participants were provided a one-time option to terminate their agreements under this plan and receive all of their accrued benefit in cash. A number of participants elected this option. Accordingly, the Company paid $1.6 million to participants under this one-time option in July 2005. The long-term liability was $1.0 million and $2.6 million under this plan as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Rental expense incurred for noncancellable operating leases during 2005, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:


	Fiscal Years
	2005		2004			2003
In Thousands
Minimum rentals	$	3,080	$	3,550		$	6,727
Contingent rentals		—		(71	)		(420	)

Total	$	3,080	$	3,479		$	6,307

See Note 5 and Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

The Company leases office and warehouse space, machinery and other equipment under noncancellable operating lease agreements which expire at various dates through 2017. These leases generally contain scheduled rent increases or escalation clauses, renewal options, or in some cases, purchase options. The Company leases certain warehouse space and other equipment under capital lease agreements which expire at various dates

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

through 2030. These leases contain scheduled rent increases or escalation clauses. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

The following is a summary of future minimum lease payments for all capital leases and noncancellable operating leases as of January 1, 2006.


	Capital Leases		Operating Leases		Total
In Thousands
2006	$	8,958	$	2,551	$	11,509
2007		8,819		2,030		10,849
2008		8,985		1,883		10,868
2009		9,141		1,502		10,643
2010		9,261		1,278		10,539
Thereafter		198,331		9,677		208,008

Total minimum lease payments	$	243,495	$	18,921	$	262,416

Less: amounts representing interest		164,293

Present value of minimum lease payments		79,202
Less: current portion of obligations under capital leases		1,709

Long-term portion of obligations under capital leases	$	77,493

Future minimum lease payments for noncancellable operating and capital leases in the preceding table include renewal options the Company has determined to be reasonably assured.

The Company is a member of South Atlantic Canners, Inc. (“SAC”), a manufacturing cooperative from which it is obligated to purchase 17.5 million cases of finished product on an annual basis through May 2014. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning SAC.

The Company is also a member of Southeastern Container (“SEC”), a plastic bottle manufacturing cooperative, from which it is obligated to purchase at least 80% of its requirements of plastic bottles for certain designated territories. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning SEC.

The Company guarantees a portion of SAC’s and SEC’s debt and lease obligations. The amounts guaranteed were $41.4 million as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005. The Company has not recorded any liability associated with these guarantees. The Company holds no assets as collateral against these guarantees and no contractual recourse provision exists that would enable the Company to recover amounts guaranteed. The guarantees relate to debt and lease obligations, which resulted primarily from the purchase of production equipment and facilities. These guarantees expire at various times through 2021. The members of both cooperatives consist solely of Coca-Cola bottlers. The Company does not anticipate either of these cooperatives will fail to fulfill their commitments under these agreements. The Company further believes each of these cooperatives has sufficient assets, including production equipment, facilities and working capital, and the ability to adjust selling prices of their products to adequately mitigate the risk of material loss.

The Company has identified SAC and SEC as variable interest entities and has determined it is not the primary beneficiary of either of the cooperatives. The Company’s variable interest in these cooperatives includes an equity ownership in each of the entities and the guarantee of certain indebtedness. As of January 1, 2006, SAC had total assets of approximately $36 million and total debt of approximately $14 million. SAC had total revenues for 2005 of approximately $169 million. As of January 1, 2006, SEC had total assets of approximately

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

$374 million and total debt of approximately $281 million. SEC had total revenue for 2005 of approximately $532 million. In the event either of these cooperatives fail to fulfill their commitments under the related debt and lease obligations, the Company would be responsible for payments to the lenders up to the level of the guarantees. If these cooperatives had borrowed up to their borrowing capacity, the Company’s potential amount of payments under these guarantees on January 1, 2006 would have been $57.4 million and the Company’s maximum total exposure, including its equity investment, would have been $36.6 million for SAC and $27.7 million for SEC. The Company has been purchasing plastic bottles and finished products from these cooperatives for more than ten years.

The Company has standby letters of credit, primarily related to its property and casualty insurance program. On January 1, 2006, these letters of credit totaled $17.4 million.

The Company participates in long-term marketing contractual arrangements with certain prestige properties, athletic venues and other locations. The future payments related to these contractual arrangements as of January 1, 2006 amounted to $32.0 million and expire at various dates through 2014.

The Company is involved in various claims and legal proceedings which have arisen in the ordinary course of its business. Although it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of these claims and legal proceedings, management believes the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, cash flows or results of operations of the Company. No material amount of loss in excess of recorded amounts is believed to be reasonably possible. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by tax authorities in jurisdictions where it conducts business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are subsequently resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. Management believes the Company has adequately provided for any ultimate amounts that are likely to result from these audits; however, final assessments, if any, could be different than the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

14. Income Taxes

The current income tax provision represents the estimated amount of income taxes paid or payable for the year, as well as changes in estimates from prior years. The deferred income tax provision represents the change in deferred tax liabilities and assets. The following table presents the significant components of the provision for income taxes for 2005, 2004 and 2003.


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004		2003
In Thousands
Current:
Federal	$	11,645	$	—	$	—
State		1,051		458		—

Total current provision	$	12,696	$	458	$	—

Deferred:
Federal	$	1,771	$	11,912	$	19,443
State		1,334		2,332		(12,086	)

Total deferred provision	$	3,105	$	14,244	$	7,357

Income tax expense	$	15,801	$	14,702	$	7,357

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company’s effective tax rate was 40.8%, 40.2% and 19.3% for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the income tax expense at the statutory federal rate to actual income tax expense.


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004			2003
In Thousands
Statutory expense	$	13,563		$	12,793		$	13,321
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		1,789			1,473			1,338
Change in effective state tax rate		1,554			2,320
Valuation allowance change		(1,188	)		(1,980	)		(9,194	)
Termination of certain Company-owned life insurance policies								2,589
Termination of split-dollar life insurance program								(1,676	)
Meals and entertainment		729			780			766
Other, net		(646	)		(684	)		213

Income tax expense	$	15,801		$	14,702		$	7,357

In October 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act”) was enacted. The Jobs Act provided for a tax deduction for qualified production activities. In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FAS 109-1”), which was effective immediately. FAS 109-1 provides guidance on the accounting for the provision within the Jobs Act that provides a tax deduction on qualified production activities. The deduction for qualified production activities provided within the Jobs Act and the Company’s related adoption of FAS 109-1 reduced the Company’s effective income tax rate by approximately 1% in 2005.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company entered into settlement agreements with two states regarding certain tax years. The effect of these settlements was the reduction of certain state net operating loss carryforwards with a tax effect, net of federal tax benefit, of $.6 million, the payment of $1.1 million in previously accrued tax and the reduction of valuation allowances of $1.2 million net of federal tax benefit, related to net operating losses in these states, which the Company now believes more likely than not will be utilized to reduce state liabilities in the future.

During the second quarter of 2005, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with another state whereby the Company agreed to reduce certain net operating loss carryforwards and to pay certain additional taxes and interest relating to prior years. The loss of state net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax benefit, of $4.4 million did not have an effect on the provision for income taxes due to a valuation allowance previously recorded for such deferred tax assets. Under this settlement, the Company was required to pay $5.7 million in the second quarter of 2005 and is required to pay an additional $5.0 million by April 15, 2006. The amounts paid and remaining to be paid in excess of liabilities previously recorded had the effect of increasing income tax expense by approximately $4.1 million in the second quarter of 2005. Based on an analysis of facts and available information, the Company also made adjustments for income tax exposure in other states in the second quarter of 2005 which had the effect of decreasing income tax expense by $3.8 million.

The Company’s income tax liabilities are subject to adjustment in future periods based on the Company’s ongoing evaluations of such liabilities and new information that becomes available to the Company.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The valuation allowance decreases in 2004 and 2003 were due to the Company’s assessments of its ability to use certain state net operating loss carryforwards.

Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and available net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Temporary differences and carryforwards that comprised deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:


	Jan. 1, 2006			Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Intangible assets	$	102,943		$	98,480
Depreciation		82,705			97,337
Investment in Piedmont		46,819			47,311
Pension		10,407			15,257
Bond exchange premium		5,762			—
Inventory		5,040			4,563

Gross deferred income tax liabilities		253,676			262,948

Net operating loss carryforwards		(16,292	)		(32,007	)
Alternative minimum tax credits		(5,092	)		(12,565	)
Deferred compensation		(27,149	)		(24,863	)
Postretirement benefits		(14,398	)		(13,796	)
Termination of interest rate agreements		(2,950	)		(3,582	)
Capital lease agreements		(2,121	)		(1,498	)
Other		(1,723	)		37

Gross deferred income tax assets		(69,725	)		(88,274	)

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		3,728			9,931
Net current deferred income tax liability		802			2,041

Net deferred income tax liability		186,877			182,564

Accumulated other comprehensive income adjustments		(19,746	)		(16,986	)

Net noncurrent deferred income tax liability	$	167,131		$	165,578

Deferred tax assets are recognized for the tax benefit of deductible temporary differences and for federal and state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are recognized on these assets if the Company believes that it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company believes the majority of the deferred tax assets will be realized because of the reversal of certain significant temporary differences and anticipated future taxable income from operations.

The valuation allowance of $3.7 million and $9.9 million as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively, was established primarily for state net operating loss carryforwards which expire in varying amounts through 2023. The AMT credit carryforwards as of January 1, 2006 were $5.1 million and have no expiration date.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:


	Derivatives Gain/(Loss)			Minimum Pension Liability Adjustment			Total
In Thousands
Balance as of December 29, 2002	$	—		$	(20,621	)	$	(20,621	)

Change in fair market value of cash flow hedges, net of tax		(62	)					(62	)
Additional minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax					(3,247	)		(3,247	)

Balance as of December 28, 2003	$	(62	)	$	(23,868	)	$	(23,930	)

Change in fair market value of cash flow hedges, net of tax		62						62
Additional minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax					(1,935	)		(1,935	)

Balance as of January 2, 2005	$	—		$	(25,803	)	$	(25,803	)

Additional minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax					(4,313	)		(4,313	)

Balance as of January 1, 2006	$	—		$	(30,116	)	$	(30,116	)

A summary of the components of other accumulated comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:


	Before-Tax Amount			Income Tax Effect			After-Tax Amount
In Thousands
2005
Net change in minimum pension liability adjustment	$	(7,073	)	$	2,760		$	(4,313	)

Other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(7,073	)	$	2,760		$	(4,313	)

2004
Net gain (loss) on derivatives	$	101		$	(39	)	$	62
Net change in minimum pension liability adjustment		(3,174	)		1,239			(1,935	)

Other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(3,073	)	$	1,200		$	(1,873	)

2003
Net gain (loss) on derivatives	$	(101	)	$	39		$	(62	)
Net change in minimum pension liability adjustment		(5,286	)		2,039			(3,247	)

Other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(5,387	)	$	2,078		$	(3,309	)

16. Capital Transactions

Pursuant to a Stock Rights and Restriction Agreement dated January 27, 1989, between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company, in the event that the Company issues new shares of Class B Common Stock upon the exchange or exercise of any security, warrant or option of the Company which results in The Coca-Cola Company owning less than 20% of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and less than 20% of the total votes of all outstanding shares of all classes of the Company, The Coca-Cola Company has the right to exchange shares of Common Stock for shares of Class B Common Stock in order to maintain its ownership of 20% of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and 20% of the total votes of all outstanding shares of all classes of the Company. Under the Stock Rights and Restrictions Agreement, The Coca-Cola Company also has a preemptive right to purchase a percentage of any newly issued shares of any class as necessary to allow it to

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

maintain ownership of both 29.67% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of all classes and 22.59% of the total votes of all outstanding shares of all classes.

On May 12, 1999, the stockholders of the Company approved a restricted stock award for J. Frank Harrison, III, the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, consisting of 200,000 shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock. The fair value of the restricted stock award, when approved, was approximately $11.7 million based on the market price of the Common Stock on the effective date of the award. The award provides that the shares of restricted stock vest at the rate of 20,000 shares per year over a ten-year period. The vesting of each annual installment is contingent upon the Company achieving at least 80% of the overall goal achievement factor in the Company’s Annual Bonus Plan. The Company achieved more than 80% of the overall goal achievement factor in 2005, 2004 and 2003, resulting in compensation expense of $1.5 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively. As of January 1, 2006, the fair market value of the potentially issuable shares (80,000 shares over the next four years) under this award approximates $3.4 million.

The increase in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding in 2005 as compared to 2003 was due to the issuance of 20,000 shares of Class B Common Stock related to the restricted stock award in each of the years 2005, 2004 and 2003.

Shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible on a share-for-share basis into shares of Common Stock. There is no trading market for the Company’s Class B Common Stock. During the third quarter of 2005, 500 shares of Class B Common Stock were converted to 500 shares of Common Stock.

17. Benefit Plans

Retirement benefits under the two Company-sponsored pension plans are based on the employee’s length of service, average compensation over the five consecutive years which gives the highest average compensation and the average of the Social Security taxable wage base during the 35-year period before a participant reaches Social Security retirement age. Contributions to the plans are based on the projected unit credit actuarial funding method and are limited to the amounts that are currently deductible for income tax purposes.

The following tables set forth pertinent information for the two Company-sponsored pension plans:

Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004
In Thousands
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	170,800		$	146,802
Service cost		6,987			5,908
Interest cost		10,115			9,062
Actuarial loss		17,001			13,301
Benefits paid		(4,810	)		(4,303	)
Change in plan provisions		—			30

Projected benefit obligation at end of year	$	200,093		$	170,800

The projected benefit obligations and accumulated benefit obligations for both of the Company’s pension plans were in excess of plan assets at January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005. The accumulated benefit obligation was $173.8 million and $148.4 million at January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Change in Plan Assets


	2005			2004
In Thousands
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	135,843		$	101,293
Actual return on plan assets		11,367			10,853
Employer contributions		8,000			28,000
Benefits paid		(4,810	)		(4,303	)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	150,400		$	135,843

Funded Status


	Jan. 1, 2006			Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Funded status of the plans	$	(49,694	)	$	(34,957	)
Unrecognized prior service cost		75			99
Unrecognized net loss		76,134			65,151

Net amount recognized	$	26,515		$	30,293

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet


	Jan. 1, 2006			Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Accrued benefit liability	$	(23,422	)	$	(12,595	)
Intangible asset		75			99
Accumulated other comprehensive income		49,862			42,789

Net amount recognized	$	26,515		$	30,293

Net Periodic Pension Cost


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004			2003
In Thousands
Service cost	$	6,987		$	5,908		$	4,363
Interest cost		10,115			9,062			8,129
Expected return on plan assets		(10,689	)		(9,306	)		(6,898	)
Amortization of prior service cost		24			20			21
Recognized net actuarial loss		5,341			4,840			4,062

Net periodic pension cost	$	11,778		$	10,524		$	9,677

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Significant Assumptions Used


	2005	2004	2003
Weighted average discount rate used in determining net periodic pension cost	6.00%	6.25%	7.00%
Weighted average discount rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation	5.75%	6.00%	6.25%
Weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	8.00%	8.00%	8.00%
Weighted average rate of compensation increase	4.00%	4.00%	4.00%

Measurement date	Nov. 30	Nov. 30	Nov. 30

A .25% increase or decrease in the discount rate assumption would have impacted the projected benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost as follows:


In Thousands	.25% Increase			.25% Decrease
Impact on:
Projected benefit obligation at January 1, 2006	$	(8,887	)	$	9,486
Net periodic pension cost in 2005		(1,185	)		1,257

Cash Flows


In Thousands

Anticipated future pension benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the fiscal years:
2006	$	4,817
2007		5,052
2008		5,508
2009		5,894
2010		6,619
2011—2015		43,378

There is no minimum actuarial required contribution for the two Company-sponsored pension plans in 2006.

Plan Assets

The Company’s pension plans target asset allocation for 2006, asset allocation at January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005 and the expected weighted average long-term rate of return by asset category were as follows:


	Target Allocation 2006		Percentage of Plan Assets at Fiscal Year-End				Weighted Average Expected Long-Term Rate of Return—2005
	Target Allocation 2006		2005		2004		Weighted Average Expected Long-Term Rate of Return—2005
U.S. large capitalization equity securities	40	%	46	%	39	%	3.9	%
U.S. small/mid-capitalization equity securities	10	%	5	%	10	%	.5	%
International equity securities	15	%	15	%	14	%	1.5	%
Debt securities	35	%	34	%	29	%	2.1	%
Short-term investments					8	%

Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	8.0	%

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The investments in the Company’s pension plans include U.S. equities, international equities and debt securities. All of the plan assets are invested in institutional investment funds managed by professional investment advisors. The objective of the Company’s investment philosophy is to earn the plans’ targeted rate of return over longer periods without assuming excess investment risk. The general guidelines for plan investments include 30%—50% in large capitalization equity securities, 0%—20% in U.S. small and mid-capitalization equity securities, 0%—20% in international equity securities and 10%—50% in debt securities. The Company currently has 66% of its plan investments in equity securities and 34% in debt securities.

U.S. large capitalization equity securities include domestic based companies that are generally included in common market indices such as the S&P 500™ and the Russell 1000™. U.S. small and mid-capitalization equity securities include small domestic equities as represented by the Russell 2000™ index. International equity securities include companies from developed markets outside of the United States. Debt securities at January 1, 2006 are comprised of investments in two institutional bond funds with a weighted average duration of approximately three years.

The weighted average expected long-term rate of return of plan assets of 8% was used in determining both net periodic pension cost in both 2005 and 2004. This rate reflects an estimate of long-term future returns for the pension plan assets. This estimate is primarily a function of the asset classes (equities versus fixed income) in which the pension plan assets are invested and the analysis of past performance of these asset classes over a long period of time. This analysis includes expected long-term inflation and the risk premiums associated with equity investments and fixed income investments.

See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning the principal Company-sponsored pension plan.

The Company also participates in various multi-employer pension plans covering certain employees who are part of collective bargaining agreements. Total pension expense for multi-employer plans in 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

The Company provides a 401(k) Savings Plan for substantially all of its employees who are not part of collective bargaining agreements. Under provisions of the 401(k) Savings Plan, an employee is vested with respect to Company contributions upon the completion of two years of service with the Company. The total costs for this benefit in 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $4.6 million, $4.3 million and $4.0 million, respectively. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information concerning the 401(k) Savings Plan.

The Company provides postretirement benefits for a portion of its current employees. The Company recognizes the cost of postretirement benefits, which consist principally of medical benefits, during employees’ periods of active service. The Company does not pre-fund these benefits and has the right to modify or terminate certain of these benefits in the future.

On December 8, 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was enacted. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans. The postretirement benefit obligation as of January 2, 2005 and the net periodic postretirement cost in 2005 and 2004 were not materially impacted by the Act.

In October 2005, the Company announced changes to certain provisions of its postretirement health care plan that reduced future benefit obligations to eligible participants. Due to the changes announced, the Company’s expense and liability related to its postretirement health care plan will be reduced. Both the expense

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

and liability for postretirement health care benefits are subject to determination by the Company’s actuaries and include numerous variables that will affect the impact of the announced changes. The Company anticipates the annual expense for the postretirement health care plan will decrease by approximately $2.5 million in 2006.

The following tables set forth a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation, a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value of plan assets and funded status of the Company’s postretirement benefit plan:


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004
In Thousands
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	53,356		$	46,874
Service cost		689			549
Interest cost		3,125			2,819
Plan participants’ contributions		789			735
Actuarial loss (gain)		5,428			5,832
Benefits paid		(3,514	)		(3,453	)
Change in plan provisions		(18,155	)		—

Benefit obligation at end of year	$	41,718		$	53,356

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	—		$	—
Employer contributions		2,725			2,718
Plan participants’ contributions		789			735
Benefits paid		(3,514	)		(3,453	)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	—		$	—


	Jan. 1, 2006			Jan. 2, 2005
In Thousands
Funded status of the plan	$	(41,718	)	$	(53,356	)
Unrecognized net loss		25,855			21,433
Unrecognized prior service cost and transition obligation		(19,932	)		(2,074	)
Contributions between measurement date and fiscal year-end		818			782

Accrued liability	$	(34,977	)	$	(33,215	)

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost were as follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004			2003
In Thousands
Service cost	$	689		$	549		$	512
Interest cost		3,125			2,819			3,159
Amortization of unrecognized transitional assets		(25	)		(25	)		(25	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		1,006			827			931
Amortization of prior service cost		(272	)		(272	)		(272	)

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost	$	4,523		$	3,898		$	4,305

The weighted average discount rate used to estimate the postretirement benefit obligation was 5.50%, 6.00% and 6.00%, as of January 1, 2006, January 2, 2005 and December 28, 2003, respectively. The measurement dates were September 30 of each year 2005, 2004 and 2003.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The weighted average health care cost trend used in measuring the postretirement benefit expense in 2005 was 10% graded down to an ultimate rate of 5% by 2010. The weighted average health care cost trend used in measuring the postretirement benefit expense in 2004 was 10% graded down to an ultimate rate of 5% by 2009. The weighted average health care cost trend used in measuring the postretirement benefit expense in 2003 was 10% graded down to an ultimate rate of 5% by 2008.

A 1% increase or decrease in this annual health care cost trend would have impacted the postretirement benefit obligation and service cost and interest cost as follows:


In Thousands	1% Increase		1% Decrease
Impact on:
Postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 2006	$	4,911	$	(4,372	)
Service cost and interest cost in 2005		342		(305	)

A .25% increase or decrease in the discount rate assumption would have impacted the projected benefit obligation and service cost and interest cost as follows:


In Thousands	.25% Increase			.25% Decrease
Impact on:
Postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 2006	$	(1,228	)	$	1,297
Service cost and interest cost in 2005		(86	)		91

Cash Flows


In Thousands
Anticipated future postretirement benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the fiscal years:
2006	$	2,378
2007		2,520
2008		2,651
2009		2,757
2010		2,816
2011—2015		14,295

18. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s business consists primarily of the production, marketing and distribution of nonalcoholic beverages of The Coca-Cola Company, which is the sole owner of the secret formulas under which the primary components (either concentrate or syrup) of its soft drink products are manufactured. As of January 1, 2006, The Coca-Cola Company had a 27.3% interest in the Company’s total outstanding Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on a combined basis.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table summarizes the significant transactions between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company:


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004		2003
In Millions
Payments by the Company for concentrate, syrup, sweetener and other purchases	$	333.4	$	287.2	$	284.3
Less: marketing funding support payments to the Company		19.6		31.3		53.4

Payments net of marketing funding support	$	313.8	$	255.9	$	230.9

Payments by the Company for customer marketing programs	$	45.2	$	39.3	$	50.5
Payments by the Company for cold drink equipment parts		3.8		4.0		4.4
Payments by the Company for local media		—		—		.2
Fountain delivery and equipment repair fees paid to the Company		8.1		7.6		7.2
Presence marketing support provided by The Coca-Cola Company on the Company’s behalf		6.4		6.3		4.8
Sale of energy products to The Coca-Cola Company		27.9		.6		—

The Company received proceeds in 2005 as a result of a settlement of a class action lawsuit known as In re: High Fructose Corn Syrup Antitrust Litigation Master File No. 95-1477 in the United States District Court for the Central District of Illinois. The lawsuit related to purchases of high fructose corn syrup by several companies, including The Coca-Cola Company and its subsidiaries, The Coca-Cola Bottlers’ Association and various Coca-Cola bottlers, during the period from July 1, 1991 to June 30, 1995. The Company recognized the proceeds received of $7.0 million as a reduction of cost of sales.

Marketing funding support in the first quarter of 2004 included favorable nonrecurring items of approximately $2 million for certain customer-related marketing programs between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company.

The Company has a production arrangement with Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (“CCE”) to buy and sell finished products at cost. Sales to CCE under this agreement were $46.6 million, $26.2 million and $24.5 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Purchases from CCE under this arrangement were $17.2 million, $19.0 million and $20.9 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Coca-Cola Company has significant equity interests in the Company and CCE. As of January 1, 2006, CCE held 10.5% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock but held no shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, giving CCE a 7.6% equity interest in the Company’s total outstanding Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on a combined basis.

Along with all the other Coca-Cola bottlers in the United States, the Company has become a member in Coca-Cola Bottlers’ Sales and Services Company, LLC (“CCBSS”), which was formed in 2003 for the purposes of facilitating various procurement functions and distributing certain specified beverage products of The Coca-Cola Company with the intention of enhancing the efficiency and competitiveness of the Coca-Cola bottling system in the United States. CCBSS negotiated the procurement for the majority of the Company’s raw materials (excluding concentrate) in 2005 and 2004. The Company paid $.2 million, $.4 million and $.2 million to CCBSS for its share of CCBSS’ administrative costs in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Amounts due from CCBSS for rebates on raw material purchases were $2.5 million and $1.1 million as of January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, respectively. CCE is also a member of CCBSS.

The Company provides a portion of the finished products for Piedmont at cost and receives a fee for managing the operations of Piedmont pursuant to a management agreement. The Company sold product at cost to

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Piedmont during 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaling $65.9 million, $77.2 million and $67.6 million, respectively. The Company received $21.1 million, $20.8 million and $17.6 million for management services pursuant to its management agreement with Piedmont for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company provides financing for Piedmont at the Company’s average cost of funds plus 0.50%. As of January 1, 2006, the Company had loaned $104.8 million to Piedmont. The loan was amended on August 25, 2005 to extend the maturity date from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2010 on terms comparable to the previous loan. The Company also subleases various fleet and vending equipment to Piedmont at cost. These sublease rentals amounted to $8.6 million, $8.7 million and $8.4 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In addition, Piedmont subleases various fleet and vending equipment to the Company at cost. These sublease rentals amounted to $.2 million each year for all periods presented. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the Company and Piedmont have been eliminated.

On November 30, 1992, the Company and the previous owner of the Company’s Snyder Production Center (“SPC”) in Charlotte, North Carolina, who was unaffiliated with the Company, agreed to the early termination of the SPC lease. Harrison Limited Partnership One (“HLP”) purchased the property contemporaneously with the termination of the lease, and the Company leased SPC from HLP pursuant to a ten-year lease that was to expire on November 30, 2002. HLP’s sole limited partner is a trust of which J. Frank Harrison, III, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, is a trustee. On August 9, 2000, a Special Committee of the Board of Directors approved the sale by the Company of property and improvements adjacent to SPC to HLP and a new lease of both the conveyed property and SPC with HLP, which expires on December 31, 2010. The sale closed on December 15, 2000 at a price of $10.5 million. The annual base rent the Company was obligated to pay for its lease of this property is subject to adjustment for an inflation factor and for increases or decreases in interest rates, using LIBOR as the measurement device. The Company recorded a capital lease of $41.6 million at the end of the first quarter of 2002 related to this lease as the Company received a renewal option to extend the term of the lease, which it expects to exercise. The principal balance outstanding as of January 1, 2006 was $39.7 million.

The minimum rentals and contingent rental payments that relate to this lease were as follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004			2003
In Millions
Minimum rentals	$	4.3		$	4.3		$	4.2
Contingent rentals		(.9	)		(1.5	)		(1.5	)

Total rental payments	$	3.4		$	2.8		$	2.7

The contingent rentals in 2005, 2004 and 2003 reduce the minimum rentals as a result of changes in interest rates, using LIBOR as the measurement device. Increases or decreases in lease payments that result from changes in the interest rate factor are recorded as adjustments to interest expense.

In May 2000, the Company entered into a five-year consulting agreement with Reid M. Henson. Mr. Henson served as a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors from 1983 to May 2000. Payments in 2005, 2004 and 2003 related to the consulting agreement totaled $145,833, $350,000 and $350,000, respectively.

On June 1, 1993, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Beacon Investment Corporation (“Beacon”) related to the Company’s headquarters office facility. Beacon’s sole shareholder is J. Frank Harrison, III. On January 5, 1999, the Company entered into a new ten-year lease agreement with Beacon which included the Company’s headquarters office facility and an adjacent office facility. On March 1, 2004, the Company

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

recorded a capital lease of $32.4 million related to these facilities when the Company received a renewal option to extend the term of the lease which it expects to exercise. The principal balance outstanding as of January 1, 2006 was $31.3 million. The annual base rent the Company is obligated to pay under this lease is subject to adjustment for increases in the Consumer Price Index and for increases or decreases in interest rates using the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate as the measurement device.

The minimum rentals and contingent rental payments that relate to this lease were as follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004			2003
In Millions
Minimum rentals	$	3.2	$	3.2		$	3.2
Contingent rentals		.1		(.3	)		(.4	)

Total rental payments	$	3.3	$	2.9		$	2.8

The contingent rentals in 2005 increase minimum rentals as a result of changes in the Consumer Price Index partially offset by decreases in interest rates. The contingent rentals in 2004 and 2003 reduce minimum rentals as a result of changes in interest rates partially offset by increases in the Consumer Price Index. Increases or decreases in lease payments that result from changes in the Consumer Price Index or changes in the interest rate factor are recorded as adjustments to interest expense beginning in March 2004. Prior to March 2004, changes in the Consumer Price Index or changes in the interest rate factor were recorded as adjustments to rent expense in S,D&A expenses.

The Company is a shareholder in two cooperatives from which it purchases substantially all of its requirements for plastic bottles. Net purchases from these entities were $69.2 million, $59.3 million and $51.1 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. In conjunction with its participation in one of these cooperatives, the Company has guaranteed a portion of the cooperative’s debt. Such guarantee amounted to $23.8 million as of January 1, 2006.

The Company is a member of SAC, a manufacturing cooperative. SAC sells finished products to the Company and Piedmont at cost. Purchases from SAC by the Company and Piedmont for finished products were $127 million, $108 million and $105 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company manages the operations of SAC pursuant to a management agreement. Management fees earned from SAC were $1.5 million, $1.6 million and $1.3 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company has also guaranteed a portion of debt for SAC. Such guarantee was $17.6 million as of January 1, 2006.

In March 2005, the Company entered into a two-year consulting agreement with Robert D. Pettus, Jr. Mr. Pettus served as an officer of the Company in various capacities from 1984 and is currently the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. Mr. Pettus will receive $350,000 per year plus additional benefits as described in the consulting agreement during the term of this consulting agreement.

In June 2005, the Company entered into a two-year consulting agreement with David V. Singer. Mr. Singer served the Company as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer until his resignation on May 11, 2005. The Company agreed to waive the 50% reduction in Mr. Singer’s accrued benefits under the Company’s Officer Retention Plan due to the termination of his employment before age 55. Under the consulting agreement, Mr. Singer agreed to certain non-compete restrictions for a five-year period following his resignation.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic net income per share and diluted net income per share:


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004		2003
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)
Numerator:
Numerator for basic net income and diluted net income per share	$	22,951	$	21,848	$	30,703

Denominator:
Denominator for basic net income per share and diluted net income per share—weighted average common shares		9,083		9,063		9,043


Basic and diluted net income per share	$	2.53	$	2.41	$	3.40

20. Risks and Uncertainties

Approximately 90% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume to retail customers are products of The Coca-Cola Company, which is the sole supplier of the concentrates or syrups required to manufacture these products. The remaining 10% of the Company’s sales volume to retail customers are products of other beverage companies. The Company has bottling contracts under which it has various requirements to meet. Failure to meet the requirements of these bottling contracts could result in the loss of distribution rights for the respective product.

The Company’s products are sold and distributed directly by its employees to retail stores and other outlets. During 2005, approximately 67% of the Company’s bottle/can sales volume to retail customers was sold for future consumption. The remaining bottle/can sales volume to retail customers of approximately 33% was sold for immediate consumption. The Company’s largest customers, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and Food Lion, LLC, accounted for approximately 15% and 10% of the Company’s total bottle/can sales volume to retail customers during 2005, respectively. Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. accounted for approximately 11% of the Company’s total net sales.

The Company currently obtains all of its aluminum cans from one domestic supplier. The Company currently obtains all of its plastic bottles from two domestic cooperatives.

Certain liabilities of the Company are subject to risk of changes in both long-term and short-term interest rates. These liabilities include floating rate debt, leases with payments determined on floating interest rates, postretirement benefit obligations and the Company’s pension liability.

Approximately 7% of the Company’s labor force is currently covered by collective bargaining agreements. One collective bargaining contract covering less than .5% of the Company’s employees expires during 2006.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Changes in current assets and current liabilities affecting cash were as follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005			2004			2003
In Thousands
Accounts receivable, trade, net	$	(12,540	)	$	186		$	(2,674	)
Accounts receivable from The Coca-Cola Company		4,330			11,063			(5,120	)
Accounts receivable, other		(1,751	)		1,026			6,338
Inventories		(9,347	)		(1,597	)		1,757
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		618			(1,429	)		(671	)
Accounts payable, trade		13,547			(8,504	)		1,190
Accounts payable to The Coca-Cola Company		(2,707	)		6,443			(9,653	)
Other accrued liabilities		13,163			(14,916	)		(4,445	)
Accrued compensation		2,924			(845	)		(209	)
Accrued interest payable		(3,335	)		475			275

(Increase) decrease in current assets less current liabilities	$	4,902		$	(8,098	)	$	(13,212	)

Cash payments for interest and income taxes were as follows:


	Fiscal Year
	2005		2004		2003
In Thousands
Interest	$	51,663	$	44,123	$	42,722
Income taxes (net of refunds)		11,183		3,381		(7,172	)

22. New Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 151, “Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This Statement clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage) and is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of this Statement in the first quarter of 2006 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment.” This Statement is a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and is effective for the Company as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The Statement required public companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company will adopt this Statement beginning January 2, 2006, using the modified prospective application method. The adoption of this Statement is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations” (“FIN 47”). FIN 47 clarifies that a conditional asset retirement obligation, as used in FASB Statement 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of the settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. Accordingly, an entity is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 was effective as of the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this Interpretation did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

23. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Set forth below are unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005.


	Quarter
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)	1		2		3		4
Year Ended January 1, 2006
Net sales	$	309,185	$	361,224	$	362,046	$	347,717
Gross margin		141,802		168,534		163,308		154,119
Net income		719		11,519		8,792		1,921
Basic net income per share		.08		1.27		.97		.21
Diluted net income per share		.08		1.27		.97		.21

	Quarter
In Thousands (Except Per Share Data)	1		2		3		4
Year Ended January 2, 2005
Net sales	$	285,115	$	336,390	$	324,237	$	321,485
Gross margin		142,243		162,444		153,488		149,586
Net income		2,795		10,623		6,108		2,322
Basic net income per share		.31		1.17		.67		.26
Diluted net income per share		.31		1.17		.67		.26

Due to the 53-week fiscal year in 2004, the fourth quarter of 2004 had fourteen weeks compared to thirteen weeks in the fourth quarter of 2005. Net income in the fourth quarter of 2004 was impacted by a $1.2 million charge to interest expense ($.7 million after income tax effect) related to a state tax audit.

Sales are seasonal, with the highest sales volume occurring in May, June, July and August.

24. Subsequent Events

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company’s Board of Directors also approved an amendment to the 401(k) Savings Plan to increase the Company matching contribution under the 401(k) Savings Plan effective January 1, 2007. The amendment to the 401(k) Savings Plan will provide for fully vested matching contributions equal to one hundred percent of a participant’s elective deferrals to the 401(k) Savings Plan up to a maximum of 5% of a participant’s eligible compensation.

On February 14, 2006, forty-eight Coca-Cola bottler plaintiffs filed suit in United States District Court for the Western District of Missouri against The Coca-Cola Company and Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (“CCE”). On February 24, 2006, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint adding twelve bottlers as plaintiffs. In the lawsuit, Ozarks Coca-Cola/Dr Pepper Bottling Company, et .al. vs. The Coca-Cola Company and Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., Civil Action File No. 06-3056-CV-S, the bottler plaintiffs purport to bring claims for breach of contract and breach of duty and other related claims arising out of CCE’s plan to offer warehouse delivery of POWERade to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Wal-Mart”) within CCE’s territory. The bottler plaintiffs seek preliminary and permanent injunctive relief prohibiting the warehouse delivery of POWERade and unspecified compensatory and punitive damages.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements or instances of fraud. As such, a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As of January 1, 2006, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2006 is effective.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2006 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on pages 85 and 86, which expresses unqualified opinions on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2006.

March 10, 2006

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated:

We have completed an integrated audit of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated’s January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2006 and an audit of its December 28, 2003 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated and its subsidiaries at January 1, 2006 and January 2, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 1, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page 84, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting

includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 13, 2006

The financial statement schedule required by Regulation S-X is set forth in response to Item 15 below.

The supplementary data required by Item 302 of Regulation S-K is set forth in Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purpose of providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

See page 84 for “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” See pages 85 and 86 for the “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended January 1, 2006 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Company

For information with respect to the executive officers of the Company, see “Executive Officers of the Company” included as a separate item at the end of Part I of this Report. For information with respect to the Directors of the Company, see the “Election of Directors” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference. For information with respect to Section 16 reports, see the “Election of Directors—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, which is intended to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act (the “Code of Ethics”). The Code of Ethics applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President-Controller, Vice President-Treasurer, Vice President-Tax/Risk Management and any other person performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics is available on the Company’s website at www.cokeconsolidated.com. The Company intends to disclose any substantive amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Ethics on its website or in a report on Form 8-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

For information with respect to executive and director compensation, see the “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Report of the Compensation Committee on Annual Compensation of Executive Officers” and “Election of Directors—Director Compensation” sections of the Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder

Matters

For information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, see the “Principal Stockholders,” “Election of Directors—Beneficial Ownership of Management” and “Equity Compensation Plans” sections of the Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

For information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions, see the “Certain Transactions” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

For information with respect to principal accountant fees and services, see the “Independent Auditors” section of the Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)	List of documents filed as part of this report.

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

All other financial statements and schedules not listed have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, or is not applicable or required.

Listing of Exhibits

Exhibit Index


Number	Description	Incorporated by Reference or Filed Herewith
(3.1)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.	Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2003 (File No. 0-9286).

(3.2)	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.	Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2003 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.1)	Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.	Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement (File No. 2-97822) on Form S-1 as filed on May 31, 1985 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.2)	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 3, 1995, between the Company and Citibank, N.A., as Successor, as Trustee.	Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.3)	Form of the Company’s 6.85% Debentures due 2007.	Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.4)	Form of the Company’s 7.20% Debentures due 2009.	Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.5)	Form of the Company’s 6.375% Debentures due 2009.	Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 4, 1999 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.6)	Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of November 22, 2002, by and between Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership and the Company.	Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.7)	Form of the Company’s 5.00% Senior Notes due 2012.	Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.8)	Form of the Company’s 5.30% Senior Notes due 2015.	Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2003 (File No. 0-9286).


Number	Description	Incorporated by Reference or Filed Herewith
(4.9)	5.00% Senior Note due 2016.	Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 2005 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.10)	Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of August 25, 2005, by and between the Company and Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership.	Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 2005 (File No. 0-9286).

(4.11)	The registrant, by signing this report, agrees to furnish the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument which defines the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries which authorizes a total amount of securities not in excess of 10 percent of the total assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

(10.1)	Stock Rights and Restrictions Agreement, dated January 27, 1989, by and between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company.	Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.2)	Description and examples of bottling franchise agreements between the Company and The Coca-Cola Company.	Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.3)	Lease, dated as of January 1, 1999, by and between the Company and the Ragland Corporation, related to the production/distribution facility in Nashville, Tennessee.	Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.4)	Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between the Company and Harrison Limited Partnership One, related to land adjacent to the Snyder Production Center in Charlotte, North Carolina.	Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.5)	Lease Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between the Company and Harrison Limited Partnership One, related to the Snyder Production Center in Charlotte, North Carolina and a distribution center adjacent thereto.	Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.6)	Partnership Agreement of Carolina Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership,* dated as of July 2, 1993, by and among Carolina Coca-Cola Bottling Investments, Inc., Coca-Cola Ventures, Inc., Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Affiliated, Inc., Fayetteville Coca-Cola Bottling Company and Palmetto Bottling Company.	Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.7)	Management Agreement, dated as of July 2, 1993, by and among the Company, Carolina Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership,* CCBC of Wilmington, Inc., Carolina Coca-Cola Bottling Investments, Inc., Coca-Cola Ventures, Inc. and Palmetto Bottling Company.	Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).


Number	Description	Incorporated by Reference or Filed Herewith
(10.8)	First Amendment to Management Agreement designated as Exhibit 10.7, dated as of January 1, 2001.	Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.9)	Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement, dated as of July 15, 1993, with Southeastern Container, Inc.	Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.10)	Management Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2004, by and among CCBCC Operations LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and South Atlantic Canners, Inc.	Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2004 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.11)	Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1994, between the Company and South Atlantic Canners, Inc.	Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.12)	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2000, between the Company and Wachovia Bank of North Carolina, N.A.	Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.13)	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2001, between the Company and Wachovia, N.A.	Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2001 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.14)	Description of the Company’s 2006 Bonus Plan for officers.**	Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2006 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.15)	Agreement to assume liability for postretirement benefits between the Company and Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership.	Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.16)	Lease Agreement, dated as of January 5, 1999, between the Company and Beacon Investment Corporation, related to the Company’s corporate headquarters and an adjacent office building in Charlotte, North Carolina.	Exhibit 10.61 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 1999 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.17)	Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated Director Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 2005.**	Filed herewith.

(10.18)	Restricted Stock Award to J. Frank Harrison, III (effective January 4, 1999).**	Annex A to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting (File No. 0-9286).

(10.19)	Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005, between Eligible Employees of the Company and the Company.**	Filed herewith.


Number	Description	Incorporated by Reference or Filed Herewith
(10.20)	Officer Retention Plan (ORP), as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005, between Eligible Employees of the Company and the Company.**	Filed herewith.

(10.21)	Master Amendment to Partnership Agreement, Management Agreement and Definition and Adjustment Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2002, by and among Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership, The Coca-Cola Company and the Company.	Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 14, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.22)	First Amendment to Lease (relating to the Lease Agreement designated as Exhibit 10.3) and First Amendment to Memorandum of Lease, dated as of August 30, 2002, between Ragland Corporation and the Company.	Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.23)	Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Coca-Cola Bottlers’ Sales & Services Company, LLC, dated as of December 11, 2002, by and between Coca-Cola Bottlers’ Sales & Services Company, LLC and Consolidated Beverage Co., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.	Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2002 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.24)	Form of Amended and Restated Split-Dollar and Deferred Compensation Replacement Benefit Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, between the Company and Eligible Employees of the Company.**	Filed herewith.

(10.25)	Fourth Amendment to Partnership Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership, Piedmont Partnership Holding Company and Coca-Cola Ventures, Inc.	Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2003 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.26)	Amendment to Officer Retention Plan Agreement by and between the Company and David V. Singer, effective as of January 12, 2004.**	Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.27)	Life Insurance Benefit Agreement, effective as of December 28, 2003, by and between the Company and Jan M. Harrison, Trustee under the J. Frank Harrison, III 2003 Irrevocable Trust, John R. Morgan, Trustee under the Harrison Family 2003 Irrevocable Trust, and J. Frank Harrison, III.**	Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2003 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.28)	Consulting Agreement, effective as of March 1, 2005, between the Company and Robert D. Pettus, Jr.**	Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2005 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.29)	U.S. $100,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2005, among the Company, the banks named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.	Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 12, 2005 (File No. 0-9286).

(10.30)	Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2005, between the Company and David V. Singer.	Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2005 (File No. 0-9286).


Number	Description	Incorporated by Reference or Filed Herewith
(10.31)	Form of Split-dollar Deferred Compensation Replacement Benefit Agreement Election Form and Agreement Amendment, effective as of June 20, 2005, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company.	Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2005 (File No. 0-9286).

(21.1)	List of subsidiaries.	Filed herewith.

(23.1)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to Incorporation by reference into Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-54657), Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-71003) and Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-127047).	Filed herewith.

(31.1)	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith.

(31.2)	Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith.

(32)	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	Filed herewith.

*	Carolina Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership’s name was changed to Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership.

**	Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this form pursuant to Item 15(c) of this report.

(b)

Exhibits.

See Item 15(a)3

(c)	Financial Statement Schedules.

See Item 15(a)2

Schedule II

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

(In Thousands)


Description	Balance at Beginning of Year		Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses		Deductions		Balance at End of Year
Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Fiscal year ended January 1, 2006	$	1,678	$	1,315	$	1,675	$	1,318

Fiscal year ended January 2, 2005	$	1,723	$	339	$	384	$	1,678

Fiscal year ended December 28, 2003	$	1,676	$	494	$	447	$	1,723

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


		COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED
		(REGISTRANT)

Date: March 16, 2006	By:	/S/ J. FRANK HARRISON, III
		J. Frank Harrison, III Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


	Signature	Title	Date

By:	/s/ J. FRANK HARRISON, III J. Frank Harrison, III	Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ H. W. MCKAY BELK H. W. McKay Belk	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ SHARON A. DECKER Sharon A. Decker	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ WILLIAM B. ELMORE William B. Elmore	President, Chief Operating Officer and Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ JAMES E. HARRIS James E. Harris	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ DEBORAH S. HARRISON Deborah S. Harrison	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ NED R. MCWHERTER Ned R. McWherter	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ JOHN W. MURREY, III John W. Murrey, III	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ ROBERT D. PETTUS, JR. Robert D. Pettus, Jr.	Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ CARL WARE Carl Ware	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ DENNIS A. WICKER Dennis A. Wicker	Director	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ STEVEN D. WESTPHAL Steven D. Westphal	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	March 16, 2006

By:	/s/ WILLIAM J. BILLIARD William J. Billiard	Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer	March 16, 2006

Director Deferral Plan

Exhibit 10.17

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

DIRECTOR DEFERRAL PLAN

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005)

1.	Name and Effective Date:

This plan shall be known as the “Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated Director Deferral Plan” (the “Plan”). The Plan was originally effective as of January 1, 1998, was amended as of January 1, 2000, and is hereby amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005.

2.	Purpose and Intent:

The purpose of the Plan is to provide nonemployee members of the Board of Directors of the Company with the opportunity to defer payment of the director fees payable with respect to a year in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth herein. It is the intent of the Company that amounts deferred under the Plan by a director shall not be taxable to the director for income tax purposes until the time actually received by the director. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted to effectuate such intent.

3.	Definitions:

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “Account” means the account established and maintained on the books of the Company to record a Participant’s interest under the Plan attributable to amounts credited to the Participant pursuant to paragraph 5(c) below, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

(b) “Beneficiary” means the person(s) or entity(ies) designated by the Participant to receive the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. Designation of a Participant’s Beneficiary shall be made on such forms and pursuant to such procedures as determined by the Plan Administrator from time to time. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant, then the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s surviving spouse, and if there is no surviving spouse, then the Participant’s estate.

(d) “Claimant” means a person making a Claim.

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code, as now in effect or as hereafter amended. All citations to sections of the Code are to such sections as they may from time to time be amended or renumbered.

(f) “Company” means Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated, a Delaware corporation.

(g) “Compensation Committee” means the committee of individuals who are serving from time to time as the members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “Fees” means both (i) the annual retainer fee and (ii) any meeting fees payable to a Nonemployee Director under the Company’s compensation policies for directors in effect from time to time.

(i) “Nonemployee Director” means an individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, but who is not an employee of the Company.

(j) “Participant” means a Nonemployee Director who has elected to participate in the Plan as provided in paragraph 5(b) below.

(k) “Plan Administrator” means the Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman or such other person designated by such individual or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(l) “Plan Year” means the twelve (12) month period beginning each January 1 and ending the next following December 31.

(m) “Single Sum Value” of the Account of a Participant who is receiving annual installments pursuant to paragraph 5(h) means the single sum present value of the installments determined as of the relevant determination date using for such purpose as the discount rate the same rate that was used in calculating the amount of the installments pursuant to paragraph 5(g) below.

4.	Administration:

The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for administering the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have all of the powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out its duties under the Plan. Not in limitation of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine all questions that shall arise thereunder. The Plan Administrator shall have such other and further specified duties, powers, authority and discretion as are elsewhere in the Plan either expressly or by necessary implication conferred upon it. The Plan Administrator may appoint such agents as it may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties as the Plan Administrator may deem expedient or appropriate that are not inconsistent with the intent of the Plan. The decision of the Plan Administrator upon all matters within its scope of authority shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except to the extent otherwise provided by law.

5.	Operation:

(a) Eligibility. Each Nonemployee Director shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(b) Elections to Defer. A Nonemployee Director may become a Participant in the Plan by irrevocably electing to defer all or a specified portion of the Fees payable for a Plan Year to the Nonemployee Director. In order to be effective, a Nonemployee Director’s election to defer must be completed in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator within 30 days following the date the Nonemployee Director first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. Such election shall apply to Fees earned during the portion of the Plan Year remaining after such election is made and which, but for such election, would be paid to the Nonemployee Director. A Nonemployee Director’s election to defer all or a specified portion of the Fees earned in any subsequent Plan Year must be completed in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator no later than the December 31 of the Plan Year before the Plan Year to which the election relates.

(c) Establishment of Accounts. The Company shall establish and maintain on its books an Account for each Participant. Each Account shall be designated by the name of the Participant for whom established. The amount of Fees deferred by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the date such Fees would have otherwise been paid to the Participant.

(d) Periodic Account Adjustments for Deemed Investments.

(i) Deemed Investment. The Plan Administrator shall from time to time designate one or more investment vehicle(s) in which the Accounts of Participants shall be deemed to be invested. The investment vehicle(s) may be designated by reference to the investments available under other plans sponsored by the Company. Each Participant shall designate the investment
vehicle(s) in which his or her Account shall be deemed to be invested according to the procedures developed by the Plan Administrator. The Company shall be under no obligation to acquire or invest in any of the deemed investment vehicle(s) under this subparagraph, and any acquisition of or investment in a deemed investment vehicle by the Company shall be made in the name of the Company and shall remain the sole property of the Company.

(ii) Periodic Account Adjustments. Each Account shall be adjusted from time to time at such intervals as determined by the Plan Administrator. The amount of the adjustment shall equal the amount that each Participant’s Account would have earned (or lost) for the period since the last adjustment had the Account actually been invested in the deemed investment vehicle(s) designated by the Participant for such period pursuant to paragraph 5(d)(i).

(e) Methods of Payment.

(i) Termination Prior to Age 65. If a Participant terminates service with the Company as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company prior to having attained age 65, then the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a single cash payment in accordance with paragraph 5(f) below.

(ii) Termination At and After Age 65. If a Participant terminates service with the Company as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company after having attained age 65, then the Participant’s Account shall be paid in either a single cash payment (in accordance with paragraph 5(f) below) or ten (10) annual installments (in accordance with paragraph 5(g) below) pursuant to the Participant’s election. Such election shall be irrevocable and shall be made at the time the Participant first elects to defer Fees under the Plan.

(f) Single Cash Payment. If a Participant to whom the single cash payment method applies terminates services with the Company as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, such Participant’s Account determined as of the date of such termination of service shall be paid to the Participant (or Beneficiary in case of death) as soon as practicable after such termination of service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the time a Participant first elects to defer Fees under the Plan, the Participant may elect to have the payment of the Participant’s Account deferred until the date the Participant attains age 65, provided that the Participant terminates service after having attained at least age 60 (i.e., the deferral to age 65 will not apply if the Participant terminates service prior to age 60). Such election shall be irrevocable and shall be made in such forms and pursuant to such procedures as established by the Plan Administrator from time to time.

(g) Annual Installments. If a Participant to whom the annual installments method applies terminates service with the Company as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, the amount of such annual installments shall be calculated and paid to the Participant (or Beneficiary in the case of death) pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 5(g). The first installment shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following such termination of service, and each subsequent installment shall be paid on or about the anniversary of the first installment payment. The amount of the annual installments shall be calculated, based on the balance in the Participant’s Account determined as of the date of such termination of services, as ten (10) equal annual installments amortized over the payment period using an eight percent (8%) interest rate. If a Participant who has selected the annual installments method dies before any or all of the annual installments have been paid, such remaining annual installments shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary at such time as they would have otherwise been paid to the Participant had the Participant not died.

(h) Other Payment Provisions. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 5(i) and paragraph 6 below, a Participant shall not be paid any portion of the Participant’s Account prior to the Participant’s termination of service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. Any payment hereunder shall be subject to applicable payroll and withholding taxes. In the event any amount becomes payable under the provisions of the Plan to a Participant, Beneficiary or other person who is a minor or an incompetent, whether or not declared incompetent by a court, such amount may be paid directly to the minor or incompetent person or to such person’s fiduciary (or attorney-in-fact in the case of an incompetent) as the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may decide, and the Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person for any such decision or any payment pursuant thereto.

(i) Withdrawals on Account of an Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant who is in active service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company may, in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, receive a refund of all or any part of the amounts previously credited to the Participant’s Account in the case of an “unforeseeable emergency”. A Participant requesting a payment pursuant to this subparagraph (i) shall have the burden of proof of establishing, to the Plan Administrator’s satisfaction, the existence of such “unforeseeable emergency”, and the amount of the payment needed to satisfy the same. In that regard, the Participant shall provide the Plan Administrator with such financial data and information as the Plan Administrator may request. If the Plan Administrator determines that a payment should be made to a Participant under this subparagraph (i), such payment shall be made within a reasonable time after the Plan Administrator’s determination of the existence of such “unforeseeable emergency” and the amount of payment so needed. As used herein, the term “unforeseeable emergency” means a severe financial hardship to a Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that shall constitute an “unforeseeable emergency” shall depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship. Examples of what are not considered to be “unforeseeable emergencies” include the need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home. Withdrawals of amounts because of an “unforeseeable emergency” shall not exceed an amount reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency need.

(j) Statements of Account. Each Participant shall receive an annual statement of the Participant’s Account balance.

6.	Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan:

The Board of Directors (either by its own action or by action of the Compensation Committee) shall have the right and power at any time and from time to time to amend the Plan in whole or in part and at any time to terminate the Plan; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce the amount actually credited to a Participant’s Account under the Plan on the date of such amendment or termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 5(e) and 5(g), and subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, in connection with any termination of the Plan the Board of Directors shall have the authority to cause the Accounts of all Participants to be paid in a single sum payment as of a date determined by the Board of Directors or to otherwise accelerate the payment of all Accounts in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine in its discretion. In that regard, upon any termination of the Plan the amount of any payment to a Participant (or beneficiary of a deceased Participant) who is receiving annual installments pursuant to paragraph 5(g) shall be the Single Sum Value of the Participant’s Account determined as of the selected determination date.

7.	Claims Procedures:

(a) General. In the event that a Claimant has a Claim under the Plan, such Claim shall be made by the Claimant’s filing a notice thereof with the Plan Administrator within ninety (90) days after such Claimant first has knowledge of such Claim. Each Claimant who has submitted a Claim to the Plan Administrator shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to state such Claimant’s position and to present evidence and other material relevant to the Claim to the Plan Administrator for its consideration in rendering its decision with respect thereto. The Plan Administrator shall render its decision in writing within ninety (90) days after the Claim is referred to it, unless special circumstances require an extension of such time within which to render such decision, in which event such decision shall be rendered no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the Claim is referred to it. A copy of such written decision shall be furnished to the Claimant.

(b) Notice of Decision of Plan Administrator. Each Claimant whose Claim has been denied by the Plan Administrator shall be provided written notice thereof, which notice shall set forth:

(i) the specific reason(s) for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to pertinent provision(s) of the Plan upon which such denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect such Claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(iv) an explanation of the procedure hereunder for review of such Claim;

all in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claimant.

(c) Review of Decision of Plan Administrator. Each such Claimant shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision of the Plan Administrator denying the Claim. Such review shall be by the Compensation Committee. Such appeal shall be made within ninety (90) days after the Claimant received the written decision of the Plan Administrator and shall be made by the written request of the Claimant or such Claimant’s duly authorized representative of the Compensation Committee. In the event of appeal, the Claimant or such Claimant’s duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall review the following:

(i) the initial proceedings of the Plan Administrator with respect to such Claim;

(ii) such issues and comments as were submitted in writing by the Claimant or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative; and

(iii) such other material and information as the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable for a full and fair review of the decision of the Plan Administrator.

The Compensation Committee may approve, disapprove or modify the decision of the Plan Administrator, in whole or in part, or may take such other action with respect to such appeal as it deems appropriate. The decision of the Compensation Committee with respect to such appeal shall be made promptly, and in no event later than sixty (60) days after receipt of such appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension of such time within which to render such decision, in which event such decision shall be rendered as soon as possible and in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of such appeal. The decision of the Compensation Committee shall be in writing and in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall include specific reasons for such decision and set forth specific references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such decision is based. The Claimant shall be furnished a copy of the written decision of the Compensation Committee. Such decision shall be final and conclusive upon all persons interested therein, except to the extent otherwise provided by applicable law.

8.	Applicable Law:

The Plan shall be construed, administered, regulated and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the United States to the extent applicable, and to the extent such laws are not applicable, by the laws of the state of North Carolina.

9.	Compliance with Section 409A of the Code:

The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered consistent with this intent.

10.

Miscellaneous:

A Participant’s rights and interests under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred by the Participant. The Plan shall be an unsecured, unfunded arrangement. To the extent the Participant acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create a trust of any kind or any fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant. The Plan shall be binding on the Company and any successor in interest of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed by an authorized officer of the Company as of the 7th day of December, 2005.


COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED
COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

By:		/s/ Henry W. Flint
Name:		Henry W. Flint
Title:		Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman

Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.19

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS INCENTIVE PLAN

(AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2005)

Table of Contents


			Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS			1
	1.1	Adjustment Date	1
	1.2	Affiliate	1
	1.3	Authorized Leave of Absence	1
	1.4	Beneficiary	1
	1.5	Bonus Deferral Election	1
	1.6	Board	1
	1.7	Change in Control	2
	1.8	Class Year Deferral	3
	1.9	Code	4
	1.10	Committee	4
	1.11	Company	4
	1.12	Deferral Election	4
	1.13	Deferred Retirement	4
	1.14	Disability Retirement-Regular	4
	1.15	Disability Retirement-Special	4
	1.16	Early Retirement-Regular	5
	1.17	Early Retirement-Special	5
	1.18	Earnings	5
	1.19	Effective Date	5
	1.20	Employee	5
	1.21	ERISA	5
	1.22	Fixed Benefit Option Account	5
	1.23	Investment Option	5
	1.24	Investment Subaccount	5
	1.25	Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent	6
	1.26	Normal Retirement	6
	1.27	Normal Retirement Age	6
	1.28	Participant	6
	1.29	Participating Company	6
	1.30	Plan	7
	1.31	Plan Administrator	7
	1.32	Plan Year	7
	1.33	Post-2005 Company Contributions	7
	1.34	Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount	7
	1.35	Post-2005 Deferrals	7
	1.36	Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount	7
	1.37	Post-2005 Discretionary Contributions	7
	1.38	Post-2005 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount	7
	1.39	Post-2005 Matching Contributions	7
	1.40	Post-2005 Matching Contribution Subaccount	8
	1.41	Post-2005 Supplemental Account	8
	1.42	Pre-2006 Company Contributions	8
	1.43	Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount	8


	1.44	Pre-2006 Deferrals	8
	1.45	Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount	8
	1.46	Pre-2006 Discretionary Contributions	8
	1.47	Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount	8
	1.48	Pre-2006 Matching Contributions	9
	1.49	Pre-2006 Matching Contribution Subaccount	9
	1.50	Pre-2006 Supplemental Account	9
	1.51	Retire	9
	1.52	Retirement	9
	1.53	Salary	9
	1.54	Salary Deferral Election	9
	1.55	Severance	9
	1.56	Surviving Spouse	10
	1.57	Termination of Employment	10
	1.58	Total Disability	10
	1.59	Transition Contributions	10
	1.60	Transition Contribution Account	10
	1.61	Unforeseeable Emergency	10
	1.62	Vested Percentage	11
	1.63	Year-End Bonus	12
	1.64	Year of Service	12

ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION			13
	2.1	Eligibility	13
	2.2	Participation	13
	2.3	Duration of Participation	13
	2.4	Deferral Elections	13
	2.5	Deemed Investment Elections	14
	2.6	Effect of Change in Status	16

ARTICLE III COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS			17
	3.1	Matching Contributions	17
	3.2	Discretionary Contributions	17
	3.3	Transition Contributions	18

ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE FIXED BENEFIT OPTION ACCOUNT AND THE PRE-2006 SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT			19
	4.1	General	19
	4.2	In-Service Distribution During 2005	19
	4.3	Special Payment Elections for Amounts Not Withdrawn Pursuant to Section 4.2	19
	4.4	Timing of Monthly Installments	20
	4.5	Death of Participant Following Commencement of Monthly Installments	21
	4.6	Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”	21
	4.7	Amount of Benefit under the Fixed Benefit Option Account	21
	4.8	Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account	23
	4.9	Reemployment	23


ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE POST-2005 SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT			24
	5.1	General	24
	5.2	Payment Elections	24
	5.3	Timing of Lump Sum Payments	26
	5.4	Timing of Monthly Installments	26
	5.5	Death of Participant Following Commencement of Monthly Installments	27
	5.6	Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”	27
	5.7	Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account	27
	5.8	Reemployment	27

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSITION CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT			28
	6.1	General	28
	6.2	Payment Elections	28
	6.3	Timing of Monthly Installments	29
	6.4	Death of Participant Following Commencement of Monthly Installments	29
	6.5	Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”	29
	6.6	Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Transition Contribution Account	29
	6.7	Reemployment	30

ARTICLE VII ADVANCE PAYMENT FOR UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCIES			31
	7.1	Advance Payment for Unforeseeable Emergencies	31
	7.2	Payments from Accounts for Advance Payment for Unforeseeable Emergencies	31

ARTICLE VIII PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT			32
	8.1	Eligibility	32
	8.2	Method of Payment	32
	8.3	Timing of Payment	32
	8.4	Amount of Benefit under the Fixed Benefit Option Account	32
	8.5	Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account	34
	8.6	Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account	34
	8.7	Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Transition Contribution Account	35

ARTICLE IX CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT			36
	9.1	Eligibility	36
	9.2	Method of Payment	36
	9.3	Timing of Payment	36
	9.4	Amount of Benefit under the Fixed Benefit Option Account	36
	9.5	Amount of Benefit from the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account	37
	9.6	Amount of Benefit from the Post-2005 Supplemental Account	37
	9.7	Amount of Benefit from the Transition Contribution Account	38
	9.8	Payments to Beneficiary	38
	9.9	Benefits Pending or in Progress	38

ARTICLE X ACCOUNTS			39
	10.1	Establishment of Accounts	39
	10.2	Accounting.	39

iii


ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN			42
	11.1	Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator	42
	11.2	Agents	42
	11.3	Reports to the Committee	42
	11.4	Limitations on the Plan Administrator	42
	11.5	Benefit Elections, Procedures and Calculations	42
	11.6	Calculation of Benefits	43
	11.7	Instructions for Payments	43
	11.8	Claims for Benefits	43
	11.9	Hold Harmless	44
	11.10	Service of Process	45

ARTICLE XII DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES			46
	12.1	Beneficiary Designation	46
	12.2	Failure to Designate Beneficiary	46

ARTICLE XIII WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING COMPANY			47
	13.1	Withdrawal of Participating Company	47
	13.2	Effect of Withdrawal	47

ARTICLE XIV AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN			48
	14.1	Right to Amend or Terminate Plan	48
	14.2	Notice	48

ARTICLE XV GENERAL PROVISIONS AND LIMITATIONS			49
	15.1	No Right to Continued Employment	49
	15.2	Payment on Behalf of Payee	49
	15.3	Nonalienation	49
	15.4	Missing Payee	50
	15.5	Required Information	50
	15.6	No Trust or Funding Created	50
	15.7	Binding Effect	50
	15.8	Merger or Consolidation	51
	15.9	Entire Plan	51
	15.10	Withholding	51
	15.11	Compliance with Section 409A of the Code	51
	15.12	Construction	51
	15.13	Applicable Law	51

Exhibit A – Participating Employers

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated

Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005)

PREAMBLE

This Plan is designed to enhance the earnings and growth of the Participating Company. The Plan rewards selected key Employees with the opportunity to forego current Earnings in exchange for savings, wealth accumulation, retirement and survivor benefits. Such benefits are intended to supplement savings, wealth accumulation, retirement and survivor benefits from other sources. By providing such supplemental benefits, the Plan enables the Participating Company to attract superior key Employees, to encourage them to make careers with the Participating Company, and to give them additional incentive to make the Participating Company more profitable.

The Plan became effective on April 1, 1990, was amended and restated effective December 1, 1990, was amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 by an Instrument of Coca Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated dated March 23, 2001, was further amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 by an Instrument of Cola-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated dated July 26, 2001 and was further amended and restated effective December 28, 2003. Effective January 1, 2005, this Instrument supersedes and replaces the amended and restated Plan dated December 28, 2003. The Committee has reserved the right to amend the Plan from time to time in whole or in part, and the Committee has authorized the amendment and restatement of the Plan set forth below.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein and capitalized, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated unless the context plainly requires otherwise:

1.1

Adjustment Date

December 31st of each year, the date of a Change in Control, and any other date during the calendar year specified by the Plan Administrator, upon or as of which Pre-2006 Supplemental Accounts, Post-2005 Supplemental Accounts and Transition Contribution Accounts are adjusted as set forth in Article X.

1.2

Affiliate

Any corporation or other entity with respect to which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the corporation’s or other entity’s outstanding capital stock or other equity interest, and any other entity with respect to which the Company owns directly or indirectly 50% or more of such entity’s outstanding capital stock or other equity interest and which the Committee designates as an Affiliate.

1.3

Authorized Leave of Absence

Either (a) a leave of absence authorized by the Participating Company in its sole and absolute discretion (the Participating Company is not required to treat different Employees comparably), provided that the Employee returns to a Participating Company within the period specified, or (b) an absence required to be considered an Authorized Leave of Absence by applicable law.

1.4

Beneficiary

The beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant pursuant to Article XII to receive the benefits, if any, payable on behalf of the Participant under the Plan after the death of such Participant, or when there has been no such designation or an invalid designation, the individual or entity, or the individuals or entities, who will receive such amount.

1.5

Bonus Deferral Election

The Participant’s irrevocable written election, made in accordance with Section 2.4, to forego the receipt of a stipulated amount of a Year-End Bonus.

1.6

Board

The Board of Directors of the Company.

1.7

Change in Control

Any of the following:

(a)

The acquisition or possession by any person, other than Harrison Family Interests (as defined in Paragraph (e)(1) of this Section), of beneficial ownership of shares of the Company’s capital stock having the power to cast more than 50% of the votes in the election of the Board or to otherwise designate a majority of the members of the Board; or

(b)

At any time when Harrison Family Interests do not have beneficial ownership of shares of the Company’s capital stock having the power to cast more than 50% of the votes in the election of the Board or to otherwise designate a majority of the members of the Board, the acquisition or possession by any person, other than Harrison Family Interests, of beneficial ownership of shares of the Company’s capital stock having the power to cast both (i) more than 20% of the votes in the election of the Board and (ii) a greater percentage of the votes in the election of the Board than the shares beneficially owned by Harrison Family Interests are then entitled to cast; or

(c)

The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) outside the ordinary course of business in a single transaction or series of related transactions, other than any such sale or disposition to a person controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or to a person controlled, directly or indirectly, by Harrison Family Interests that succeeds to the rights and obligations of the Company with respect to the Plan; or

(d)

Any merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity in which the Company is not the surviving entity and in which either (i) the surviving entity does not succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company with respect to the Plan or (ii) after giving effect to the merger, a “Change in Control” under Subsection (a) or (b) of this Section would have occurred as defined therein were the surviving entity deemed to be the Company for purposes of Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section (with appropriate adjustments in the references therein to “capital stock” and “the Board” to properly reflect the voting securities and governing body of the surviving entity if it is not a corporation).

(e)

For purposes of this Section:

(1)

“Harrison Family Interests” means and includes, collectively, the lineal descendants of J. Frank Harrison, Jr. (whether by blood or adoption), any decedent’s estate of any of the foregoing, any trust primarily for the benefit of any one or more of the foregoing, any person controlled, directly or indirectly, by any one or more of the foregoing, and any person in which any one or more of the foregoing have a majority of the equity interests;

(2)

“person” includes an entity as well as an individual, and also includes, for purposes of determining beneficial ownership, any group of persons acting in concert to acquire or possess such beneficial ownership;

(3)

“beneficial ownership” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

(4)

“control” of a person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person; and

(5)

“subsidiary” of the Company means any person as to which the Company, or another subsidiary of the Company, owns more than 50% of the equity interest or has the power to elect or otherwise designate a majority of the members of its board of directors or similar governing body.

(f)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the revocable appointment of a proxy to vote shares of the Company’s capital stock at a particular meeting of shareholders shall not of itself be deemed to confer upon the holder of such proxy the beneficial ownership of such shares. If any person other than Harrison Family Interests would (but for this sentence) share beneficial ownership of any shares of the Company’s capital stock with any Harrison Family Interests, then such person shall be deemed the beneficial owner of such shares for purposes of this definition only if and to the extent such person has the power to vote or direct the voting of such shares otherwise than as directed by Harrison Family Interests and otherwise than for the benefit of Harrison Family Interests.

1.8

Class Year Deferral

The following shall collectively constitute a Class Year Deferral for a Participant with respect to each Plan Year beginning after 2005:

(a)

The deferral of the Participant’s Salary under Section 2.4, including any Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto;

(b)

The deferral of any portion of the Participant’s Year-End Bonus under Section 2.4, including any Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto;

(c)

Post-2005 Matching Contributions credited to the Plan for a Participant, including any Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto; and

(d)

Post-2005 Discretionary Contributions credited to the Plan for a Participant, including any Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.9

Code

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References thereto shall include the valid and binding governmental regulations, court decisions and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder.

1.10

Committee

The Compensation Committee of the Board.

1.11

Company

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated, a Delaware corporation, and where appropriate any subsidiary thereof, or any entity which succeeds to its rights and obligations with respect to the Plan; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 1.7, “Company” shall mean only Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated, a Delaware corporation, and any entity which succeeds to its rights and obligations with respect to the Plan.

1.12

Deferral Election

A Salary Deferral Election or a Bonus Deferral Election.

1.13

Deferred Retirement

A Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than on account of death, after the last day of the month coinciding with or during which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age but before the end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70. If the Participant is still employed with the Participating Company or an Affiliate at the end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70, the Participant shall be deemed to have taken Deferred Retirement on the last day of that calendar year.

1.14

Disability Retirement-Regular

Attaining age 55 while subject to a Total Disability if (i) the Total Disability caused a Termination of Employment, (ii) the Total Disability has continued from the Termination of Employment until age 55 and (iii) the Participant has less than 20 Years of Service (including Years of Service credited for time while the Total Disability continued) upon attaining age 55. The Participant will be deemed to have taken Disability Retirement- Regular upon attaining age 55.

1.15

Disability Retirement-Special

Attaining age 55 while subject to a Total Disability if (i) the Total Disability caused a Termination of Employment, (ii) the Total Disability has continued from the Termination of Employment until age 55 and (iii) the Participant has 20 or more Years of Service (including Years of Service credited for time while the Total Disability continued) upon attaining age 55. The Participant will be deemed to have taken Disability Retirement- Special upon attaining age 55.

1.16

Early Retirement-Regular

Termination of Employment, other than on account of death, after attaining age 55 but prior to the earlier of attaining age 60 or completing 20 Years of Service.

1.17

Early Retirement-Special

Termination of Employment, other than on account of death, after attaining age 55 and completing 20 Years of Service, but prior to attaining age 60.

1.18

Earnings

With respect to an Employee, Salary and Year-End Bonuses payable by the Participating Company to the Employee.

1.19

Effective Date

The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is January 1, 2005.

1.20

Employee

A person who is a common-law employee of the Participating Company.

1.21

ERISA

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, amended. References thereto shall include the valid and binding governmental regulations, court decisions and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder.

1.22

Fixed Benefit Option Account

With respect to each Participant, the separate bookkeeping account consisting of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions not allocated to the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account.

1.23

Investment Option

An investment option designated by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 2.5(e).

1.24

Investment Subaccount

One or more subaccounts kept as part of:

(a)

A Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account to account for Pre-2006 Deferrals or Pre-2006 Company Contributions, as applicable;

(b)

A Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account to account for Post-2005 Deferrals or Post-2005 Company Contributions, as applicable; or

(c)

A Participant’s Transition Contribution Account to account for Transition Contributions;

which are deemed to be invested in the Investment Option to which the subaccount relates, and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.25

Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent

With respect to each Adjustment Date, the dollar amount equivalent to be credited to or debited from, as the case may be, each of the Participant’s Investment Subaccounts. The amount of the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent of a particular Investment Subaccount shall equal the amount of investment gain or loss which would have been experienced had the Investment Subaccount balance been invested in the Investment Option to which it relates. As of each Adjustment Date, the Plan Administrator shall determine the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent, taking into due account additions to and subtractions from the Investment Subaccount since the next preceding Adjustment Date.

1.26

Normal Retirement

A Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than on account of death, on the last day of the month coinciding with or during which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

1.27

Normal Retirement Age

Age 60.

1.28

Participant

As of any date, (a) any Employee who commences participation in the Plan as provided in Article II, (b) a former Employee who is eligible for a benefit under the Plan, or (c) a former Employee whose employment terminated on account of Total Disability and who may later become eligible for a benefit under the Plan.

1.29

Participating Company

Subject to the provisions of Article XIII, “Participating Company” means the Company and any Affiliate which adopts the Plan for the benefit of its selected key Employees. Each Participating Company shall be deemed to appoint the Committee as its exclusive agent to exercise on its behalf all of the power and authority conferred by the Plan upon the Company and accept the delegation to the Plan Administrator of all the power and authority conferred upon the Plan Administrator by the Plan. The authority of the Committee to act as such agent shall continue until the Plan is terminated as to the Participating Company. The term “Participating Company” shall be construed as if the Plan were solely the Plan of such Participating Company, unless the context plainly requires otherwise.

1.30

Plan

The Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan, as contained herein and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.

1.31

Plan Administrator

The Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman or such other person designated by such individual or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

1.32

Plan Year

The 12-month period beginning each January 1 and ending the following December 31.

1.33

Post-2005 Company Contributions

Post-2005 Matching Contributions and Post-2005 Discretionary Contributions.

1.34

Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount

With respect to each Participant, the separate bookkeeping account consisting of the Participant’s Post-2005 Matching Contribution Subaccount and the Participant’s Post-2005 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount and the Investment Subaccounts thereunder, including Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.35

Post-2005 Deferrals

Amounts of Earnings that would have been paid to a Participant with respect to any year after 2005 but which the Participant elects to defer pursuant to a Deferral Election.

1.36

Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount

The subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account to account for Post-2005 Deferrals credited to Investment Options and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.37

Post-2005 Discretionary Contributions

The contributions described in Section 3.2(b).

1.38

Post-2005 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount

The subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account to account for Post-2005 Discretionary Contributions credited to Investment Options and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.39

Post-2005 Matching Contributions

The contributions described in Section 3.1(b).

1.40

Post-2005 Matching Contribution Subaccount

The subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account to account for Post-2005 Matching Contributions credited to Investment Options and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.41

Post-2005 Supplemental Account

With respect to each Participant, the separate bookkeeping account consisting of the Participant’s Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount, the Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount and the Investment Subaccounts thereunder, including the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.42

Pre-2006 Company Contributions

Pre-2006 Matching Contributions and Pre-2006 Discretionary Contributions.

1.43

Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount

With respect to each Participant, the separate bookkeeping account consisting of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Matching Contribution Subaccount and the Participant’s Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount and the Investment Subaccounts thereunder, including Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.44

Pre-2006 Deferrals

Amounts of Earnings that would have been paid to a Participant with respect to any year prior to 2006 but which the Participant elected to defer pursuant to a Deferral Election.

1.45

Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount

The subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account to account for Pre-2006 Deferrals credited to Investment Options and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto or the subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account to account for Pre-2006 Deferrals credited to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account, as applicable.

1.46

Pre-2006 Discretionary Contributions

The contributions described in Section 3.2(a).

1.47

Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount

The subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account to account for Pre-2006 Discretionary Contributions credited to Investment Options and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto or the subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account to account for Pre-2006 Discretionary Contributions credited to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account, as applicable.

1.48

Pre-2006 Matching Contributions

The contributions described in Section 3.1(a).

1.49

Pre-2006 Matching Contribution Subaccount

The subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account to account for Pre-2006 Matching Contributions credited to Investment Options and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto or the subaccount kept as part of a Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account to account for Pre-2006 Matching Contributions credited to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account, as applicable.

1.50

Pre-2006 Supplemental Account

With respect to each Participant, the separate bookkeeping account consisting of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount and the Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount and the Investment Subaccounts thereunder, including the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.51

Retire

The act of taking Retirement.

1.52

Retirement

A Participant’s Normal Retirement, Early Retirement, Deferred Retirement or Disability Retirement.

1.53

Salary

With respect to an Employee, cash base salary payable by any Participating Company to the Employee.

1.54

Salary Deferral Election

The Participant’s irrevocable written election, made in accordance with Section 2.4, to forego the receipt of a stipulated amount of Salary.

1.55

Severance

Termination of Employment other than on account of Retirement, death or Total Disability. If a Participant’s employment with the Participating Company or an Affiliate terminates before attaining age 55 on account of Total Disability and the Total Disability ceases prior to Disability Retirement, a Severance shall occur when the Total Disability ceases unless the Participant immediately returns to the employment of the Participating Company or an Affiliate.

1.56

Surviving Spouse

The survivor of a deceased Participant to whom such deceased Participant was legally married (as determined by the Plan Administrator) immediately before the Participant’s death.

1.57

Termination of Employment

The date on which the Participant is no longer employed by any Participating Company. For purposes of this Section, a Termination of Employment shall occur on the earlier of:

(a)

The later of (i) the date as of which an Employee quits, is discharged, terminates employment in connection with incurring a Total Disability, Retires or dies, or (ii) at the discretion of the Plan Administrator when the Employee is no longer receiving severance payments; or

(b)

The first day of absence of an Employee who fails to return to employment at the expiration of an Authorized Leave of Absence.

1.58

Total Disability

A physical or mental condition under which the Participant qualifies as totally disabled under the group long-term disability plan of the Participating Company; provided, however, that if the Participant is not covered by such a plan or if there is no such plan, the Participant shall be under a Total Disability if the Participant is determined to be disabled under the Social Security Act. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, a Participant shall not be considered Totally Disabled if such disability is due to (i) war, declared or undeclared, or any act of war, (ii) intentionally self-inflicted injuries, (iii) active participation in a riot, or (iv) the Participant’s intoxication or the Participant’s illegal use of drugs.

1.59

Transition Contributions

The contributions described in Section 3.3.

1.60

Transition Contribution Account

With respect to each Participant, the separate bookkeeping account consisting of the Participant’s Transition Contributions, the Investment Subaccounts thereunder and the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent attributable thereto.

1.61

Unforeseeable Emergency

A severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend on the facts of each case.

1.62

Vested Percentage

(a)

Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount and Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount: The percentage in which the Participant is vested in the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount and Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount shall be 100%.

(b)

Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount and Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount: The percentage in which the Participant is vested in the Participant’s Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount and Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount shall be 100% upon (i) Retirement, (ii) death while an Employee or while Totally Disabled but prior to reaching Disability Retirement, (iii) the completion of at least 5 Years of Service, or (iv) a Change in Control while an Employee or while Totally Disabled but prior to reaching Disability Retirement. Prior to the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding sentence, the Participant’s Vested Percentage in the Participant’s Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount and Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount shall be determined according to the following schedule:


Years of Service		Vested Percentage
Less than 1		0%
1		20%
2		40%
3		60%
4		80%
5 or more		100%

(c)

Transition Contribution Account: The percentage in which the Participant is vested in the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be 100% upon (i) Retirement, (ii) death while an Employee or while Totally Disabled but prior to reaching Disability Retirement, or (iii) a Change in Control while an Employee or while Totally Disabled but prior to reaching Disability Retirement. Prior to the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding sentence, the Participant’s Vested Percentage in the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be determined as of the date indicated in the following schedule provided that the Participant is an Employee on the applicable date:


Vesting Date		Vested Percentage
December 31, 2006		20%
December 31, 2007		40%
December 31, 2008		60%
December 31, 2009		80%
December 31, 2010		100%

1.63

Year-End Bonus

A bonus which is awarded and payable by the Participating Company or an Affiliate to the Employee in the calendar year next following the “Bonus Employment Year,” which is the calendar year in which the Employee performed the employment for which the bonus is awarded. To qualify as a Year-End Bonus, the determination of whether to make such an award and the determination of the amount of the bonus must not be determined until after the end of the Bonus Employment Year.

1.64

Year of Service

A calendar year, including years before 1990, in which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. A Participant’s Years of Service shall be determined (without duplication) in accordance with the following rules:

(a)

“Hour of Service” means each hour that would be credited for the purposes of vesting under the Coca Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated Savings Plan if that plan were in existence when such service was performed.

(b)

Years of Service shall include periods of Total Disability and Authorized Leave of Absence.

(c)

Except as provided in Subsection (d) of this Section, Years of Service shall not include periods of employment with an Affiliate rendered prior to the date on which such corporation or other entity became an Affiliate.

(d)

Years of Service shall include any period of a Participant’s prior employment by any organization upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may approve.

A Participant shall be considered to have earned a Year of Service upon the completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during such calendar year.

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1

Eligibility

An Employee (i) who is a member of the Participating Company’s “select group of management or highly compensated employees,” as defined in Sections 201(2), 301(a) (3) and 401(a) of ERISA, and (ii) who is designated by the Committee, shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan.

2.2

Participation

An Employee who is eligible to become a Participant shall become a Participant upon the execution and delivery to the Plan Administrator of a Deferral Election.

2.3

Duration of Participation

A Participant shall continue to be a Participant until the Participant is no longer entitled to a benefit under the Plan.

2.4

Deferral Elections

(a)

Procedures: An Employee shall have 30 days following the date the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan in which to execute and deliver to the Plan Administrator a Deferral Election by which the Participant elects to defer a stipulated amount of Salary to be earned with respect to the portion of the calendar year remaining after the Deferral Election is made and which, but for such Deferral Election, would be paid to the Participant. An eligible Employee shall have until the date designated by the Plan Administrator, which date shall not be later than December 31st of each year, to execute and deliver to the Plan Administrator a Deferral Election providing for the deferral of a stipulated amount of Earnings to be earned during the next calendar year and which, but for such Deferral Election, would be paid to the Participant. An eligible Employee’s Deferral Election with respect to a Year-End Bonus must be made by the date designated by the Plan Administrator, which date shall not be later than the December 31st preceding the beginning of the Bonus Employment Year (as defined in Section 1.63) to which such Year-End Bonus relates.

(b)

Minimum and Maximum Deferrals: The Plan Administrator, in the exercise of the Plan Administrator’s discretion, may from time to time place minimum and maximum limits on the amount of any Deferral Election that an Employee could otherwise make pursuant to the Plan.

(c)

Cancellation of Deferral Election for Unforeseeable Emergencies: Subject to approval of the Plan Administrator, a Participant may cancel the Participant’s Deferral Election at any time only if such reduction is reasonably necessary to meet an Unforeseeable Emergency, but only if the Plan Administrator determines that the resulting hardship may not be relieved (i) through reimbursement or

compensation from insurance or otherwise, or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship. If a Participant’s Deferral Election is cancelled pursuant to this Subsection, no further Deferral may be effective for any Earnings paid with respect to the calendar year during which the cancellation occurs.

(d)

Restriction After Certain Hardship Distributions: In the event that a Participant receives a hardship distribution from any plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, then if and to the extent required by such plan, no Deferrals may be made for 12 months following the receipt of such distribution.

2.5

Deemed Investment Elections

(a)

Deemed Investment of Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions: In making a Deferral Election, the Participant shall specify how the Pre-2006 Deferrals and the Pre-2006 Company Contributions subject to such Election shall be allocated among the Fixed Benefit Option Account and the Supplemental Account. In accordance with such procedures and limitations as the Plan Administrator adopts, the Participant may change such specification with respect to Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions not yet credited to an Investment Subaccount.

(b)

Deemed Investment of Post-2005 Deferrals and Post-2005 Company Contributions: In making a Deferral Election, the Participant shall specify how the Post-2005 Deferrals and the Post-2005 Company Contributions subject to such Election shall be allocated among the Investment Options. In accordance with such procedures and limitations as the Plan Administrator adopts, the Participant may change such specification with respect to Post-2005 Deferrals and Post-2005 Company Contributions not yet credited to an Investment Subaccount. No Post-2005 Deferrals or Post-2005 Company Contributions may be allocated to the Fixed Benefit Option Account.

(c)

Deemed Investment of Transition Contributions: A Participant shall specify how Transition Contributions credited to the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be allocated among the Investment Options. In accordance with such procedures and limitations as the Plan Administrator adopts, the Participant may change such specification with respect to Transition Contributions not yet credited to an Investment Subaccount. No Transition Contributions may be allocated to the Fixed Benefit Option Account.

(d)

Reallocation of Deemed Investments:

(1)

Fixed Benefit Option Account. Any Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions allocated to the Fixed Benefit Option Account may be reallocated to one or more Investment Options at the election of the Participant not more frequently than once each calendar quarter. All such reallocations by the Participant in any Plan Year shall not exceed

20% of the amounts allocated to the Fixed Benefit Option Account at the beginning of such Plan Year. Any such reallocation shall be made in accordance with and shall be subject to such procedures and limitations as the Plan Administrator adopts.

(2)

Pre-2006 Supplemental Account. Any Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions allocated to the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account may be reallocated among the Investment Options at the election of the Participant not more frequently than once each calendar quarter. Any such request to have one or more Investment Subaccount balances transferred to one or more other Investment Subaccounts shall be made in accordance with and shall be subject to such procedures and limitations as the Plan Administrator adopts.

(3)

Post-2005 Supplemental Account. Any Post-2005 Deferrals and Post-2005 Company Contributions allocated to the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account may be reallocated among the Investment Options at the election of the Participant not more frequently than once each calendar quarter. Any such request to have one or more Investment Subaccount balances transferred to one or more other Investment Subaccounts shall be made in accordance with and shall be subject to such procedures and limitations as the Plan Administrator adopts.

(4)

Transition Contribution Account: Any Transition Contributions allocated to the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account may be reallocated among the Investment Options at the election of the Participant not more frequently than once each calendar quarter. Any such request to have one or more Investment Subaccount balances transferred to one or more other Investment Subaccounts shall be made in accordance with and shall be subject to such procedures and limitations as the Plan Administrator adopts.

(5)

Mutual Fund Trading Rules: Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Subsection, all reallocations among Investment Options are subject to the trading rules, policies and procedures of the underlying mutual fund designated as an Investment Option.

(e)

Investment Options: Subject to Subsection (f) of this Section, the Plan Administrator shall designate the Investment Options and shall have the right to eliminate and add Investment Options from time to time. If an Investment Option is eliminated, Participants’ Investment Subaccount balances relating to such Investment Option shall be transferred to such other Investment Subaccounts as the Plan Administrator directs. All elections as to how Pre-2006 Deferrals, Post-2005 Deferrals, Pre-2006 Company Contributions, Post-2005 Company Contributions and Transition Contributions shall be allocated among Investment Subaccounts are subject to the Plan Administrator’s approval. The Plan Administrator shall notify Participants if changes are made in the available Investment Options. The Plan Administrator may designate an Investment Option if and to the extent a Participant fails to make a valid or approved election.

(f)

Effect of Change in Control: From and after a Change in Control, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, (i) the Investment Options in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control shall continue and not be eliminated, and (ii) subject to Section 9.5(b), Participants shall continue to have the right to transfer their Investment Subaccount balances among the Investment Options in accordance with the same rules and procedures as were in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. If an Investment Option is deemed invested in a particular mutual fund or other collective investment vehicle that is liquidated or terminated after the Change in Control or has its fundamental investment objective materially changed, then the Plan Administrator shall immediately substitute, as the deemed investment of such Investment Option, another mutual fund or other collective investment vehicle having substantially the same investment objectives and other material characteristics as the said mutual fund or collective investment vehicle had prior to its liquidation, termination or change in investment objective.

2.6

Effect of Change in Status

(a)

If a Participant’s employment with the Participating Company changes before a Change in Control to a position in which the Participant is no longer eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1, the Participant may make no Deferral Election with respect to compensation earned while ineligible to actively participate. The payment of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan shall not be accelerated by the change in employment status, and the Participant’s benefits shall be paid when and as otherwise provided in the Plan. In determining the amount of any benefits provided by the Fixed Benefit Option Account (but not the time of such benefit payments), it will be assumed that the Participant had a Termination of Employment on the date of the change in employment status; provided, however, if the Participant’s Vested Percentage is less than 100% on that date, the Participant’s Vested Percentage shall be based on the Participant’s Years of Service at the time of the Participant’s actual Termination of Employment.

(b)

If a Participant described in Subsection (a) of this Section again becomes eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1 (the Participant’s “Reparticipation Date”), then for purposes of determining any future benefits payable to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary under the Fixed Benefit Option Account, it shall be assumed that (i) any amounts that were credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account before the Participant’s Reparticipation Date were instead credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account on the Participant’s Reparticipation Date, and (ii) that there has also been credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account on the Participant’s Reparticipation Date, as an additional Pre-2006 Deferral, or Pre-2006 Company Contribution, as the case may be, an amount equal to the interest credited on the actual amounts that had been credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account prior to the Reparticipation Date at the rate of 8%.

ARTICLE III

COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1

Matching Contributions

(a)

Pre-2006 Matching Contributions: With respect to each Plan Year prior to 2006, the Company shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant equal to the product of 30% times the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferrals of Salary for any payroll period; provided, however, that for this purpose there shall be disregarded the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferrals of Salary for a particular payroll period which exceed 6% of the Participant’s Salary for such payroll period.

(b)

Post-2005 Matching Contributions: With respect to each Plan Year after 2005, the Company shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant equal to 50% times the Participant’s Post-2005 Deferrals of Salary for any payroll period; provided, however, that for this purpose there shall be disregarded the Participant’s Post-2005 Deferrals of Salary for a particular payroll period which exceed 6% of the Participant’s Salary for such payroll period. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant shall not be eligible for Matching Contributions under this Subsection unless the Participant is receiving all matching contributions available under the Company’s plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, if any.

3.2

Discretionary Contributions

(a)

Pre-2006 Discretionary Contributions: With respect to each Plan Year prior to 2006, the Company may make a Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution in such amount as the Committee may determine. Such amount may be made according to a formula or may be made in differing amounts to any one or more Participants who are Employees. Such amount may from time to time increase a Participant’s Matching Contribution to take into account some or all of the amount by which the Participant’s contributions or benefits under any plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code sponsored by the Participating Company may be reduced by one or more of the compensation, contribution or benefit restrictions and limitations of the Code that apply to such plan as a condition of its qualified status. The determination of whether a particular Participant’s Matching Contribution shall be so increased, and (if so) the amount and frequency of any such increase, shall be made by the Committee in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion. The making of any Discretionary Contribution by the Committee does not obligate it to continue such for any other year.

(b)

Post-2005 Discretionary Contributions: With respect to each Plan Year after 2005, the Company may make a Post-2005 Discretionary Contribution in such amount as the Committee may determine. Such amount may be made according to a formula or may be made in differing amounts to any one or more Participants who are Employees. Such amount may from time to time increase a Participant’s

Matching Contribution to take into account some or all of the amount by which the Participant’s contributions or benefits under any plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code sponsored by the Participating Company may be reduced by one or more of the compensation, contribution or benefit restrictions and limitations of the Code that apply to such plan as a condition of its qualified status. The determination of whether a particular Participant’s Matching Contribution shall be so increased, and (if so) the amount and frequency of any such increase, shall be made by the Committee in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion. The making of any Discretionary Contribution by the Committee does not obligate it to continue such for any other year.

3.3

Transition Contributions

(a)

With respect to a Participant, for each of the calendar years 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company shall make Transition Contributions equal to the percentage of the Participant’s Salary described in Paragraphs (1) through (4) of this Subsection.

(1)

10%; plus

(2)

An additional 10% if the Company attains 80% of the “Overall Goal Achievement Factor” established under the Company’s Annual Bonus Plan or any successor plan thereto; plus

(3)

An additional 10% if the Company attains 107.5% of the “Overall Goal Achievement Factor” established under the Company’s Annual Bonus Plan or any successor plan thereto; plus

(4)

An additional 10% if the Company attains 115% of the “Overall Goal Achievement Factor” established under the Company’s Annual Bonus Plan or any successor plan thereto.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection to the contrary, a Participant shall not be eligible for a Transition Contribution for any year if the Participant is not an Employee on the date the Transition Contribution is credited to Participants’ Transition Contribution Accounts.

(b)

The Transition Contributions described in Paragraphs (2) through (4) of Subsection (a) of this Section shall be made only if the applicable percentage of the “Overall Goal Achievement Factor” is attained; no Transition Contribution shall be made for the partial attainment of an applicable percentage.

(c)

The Transition Contribution described in Paragraph (1) of Subsection (a) of this Section shall be credited monthly on the last business day of each calendar month to the Transition Contribution Account of each Participant who is an Employee on such day. The Transition Contributions described in Paragraphs (2) through (4) of Subsection (a) of this Section shall be credited as soon as practicable following the end of the applicable calendar year to the Transition Contribution Account of each Participant who is an Employee on the date such Transition Contribution is so credited.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE FIXED BENEFIT OPTION

ACCOUNT AND THE PRE-2006 SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT

4.1

General

The provisions of this Article are applicable to distributions of a Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account and a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account.

4.2

In-Service Distribution During 2005

Each Participant who is an Employee shall be given the opportunity to elect a distribution of up to 25% of the Vested Percentage of the amount allocated to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account and 25% of the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account, each as of September 30, 2005. A distribution elected pursuant to this Section shall be paid to the Participant by December 31, 2005. With respect to any portion of such distribution allocated to the Fixed Benefit Option Account, the Applicable Interest Rate (as described in 4.7(b)) to be applied to such distribution shall be based on the Participant’s age and Years of Service at the date such distribution is paid.

4.3

Special Payment Elections for Amounts Not Withdrawn Pursuant to Section 4.2

(a)

Payment Election: Each Participant who is an Employee during 2005 shall be given the opportunity during 2005 to make a payment election from among the available forms and timing of payment set forth in Subsection (b) of this Section that shall apply to the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account and Fixed Benefit Option Account not withdrawn pursuant to Section 4.2.

(b)

Available Forms of Payment: With respect to a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account and Fixed Benefit Option Account not withdrawn pursuant to Section 4.2, the Participant shall elect either:

(1)

Monthly Installments Upon Termination of Employment. The balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account and Fixed Benefit Option Account shall be payable upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment in monthly installments over a period of 10 or 15 years; or

(2)

Monthly Installments Commencing as of a Designated Date. The balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account and Fixed Benefit Option Account shall be payable commencing as of the date designated by the Participant in monthly installments over a period of 10 or 15 years; provided, however, that such designated date shall not be earlier than the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 55 or later than the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70. With respect to any portion of such distribution allocated to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account, the Applicable Interest Rate (as described in 4.7(b)) to be applied to such distribution shall be based on the Participant’s age and Years of Service at the date such distribution commences to be paid.

(3)

Default Election. If a Participant described in Subsection (a) of this Section fails to make a payment election in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected the payment of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account and Fixed Benefit Option Account in monthly installments over 15 years upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment.

(4)

Effect of Election. Any election made pursuant to this Subsection shall be effective immediately and not be subject to the provisions of Subsection (c) of this Section.

(c)

Subsequent Changes to Payment Elections: A Participant may change the form or timing of the payment elected under Subsection (b) of this Section, or the form or timing of payment subsequently elected under this Subsection, with respect to the distribution of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account and Fixed Benefit Option Account only if (i) such election is made at least 12 months prior to the date the payment of such Accounts would have otherwise commenced, and (ii) the effect of such election is to defer commencement of such payments by at least 5 years. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection, no election may be made under this Subsection if the effect of such election would be to commence payment of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account and the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account after the Participant’s attainment of age 70.

4.4

Timing of Monthly Installments

(a)

Monthly Installments Upon Termination of Employment: Subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, for any distribution made pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(1) or Section 4.3(b)(3), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Participant attains age 70 before the Participant’s Termination of Employment, such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant attains age 70.

(b)

Monthly Installments Commencing as of a Designated Date: For any distribution elected pursuant to
Section 4.3(b)(2), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid as of the date designated by the Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, if the Participant has a Termination of Employment before the date designated pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(2), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs.

4.5

Death of Participant Following Commencement of Monthly Installments

If a Participant who is receiving monthly installments dies before the last monthly installment is paid, then the remaining monthly installments shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary as and when such monthly installments would have otherwise been paid to the Participant had the Participant not died.

4.6

Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent applicable, in no event shall any payment made pursuant to this Article be made to a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code earlier than 6 months after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, except in connection with the Participant’s death.

4.7

Amount of Benefit under the Fixed Benefit Option Account

The amount of the benefit provided by the Fixed Benefit Option Account shall be determined as described in Subsections (a) through (c) of this Section and shall be based solely on the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account at the time of such determination. No amounts may be allocated to the Fixed Benefit Option Account with respect to years after 2005.

(a)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: Monthly installments shall be equal in amount and shall have a present value as of the first day of the calendar quarter in which benefit payments commence as described in Section 4.4 equal to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account balance as of such date as described in Subsection (c) of this Section, determined by discounting the monthly payments at the Applicable Interest Rate described in Subsection (b) of this Section. In the case of Deferred Retirement, the Applicable Interest Rate used to discount the monthly payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be 8%, 11% or 13%, as applicable, not the 6% interest rate described in Paragraph (b)(2) of this Section.

(b)

Applicable Interest Rate: The “Applicable Interest Rate” shall be as follows:

(1)

Normal Retirement. If a distribution of the Participant’s benefit attributable to the Fixed Benefit Option Account commences upon the Participant’s eligibility for Normal Retirement, the Applicable Interest Rate shall be (i) 13% if the Participant became a Participant by December 31, 2000 or (ii) determined as follows if the Participant became a Participant on or after January 1, 2001:


Years of Service at Retirement		Applicable Interest Rate
Less than 5		8%
5-9		11%
10 or more		13%

(2)

Deferred Retirement. If distribution of the Participant’s benefit attributable to the Fixed Benefit Option Account commences upon the Participant’s eligibility for Deferred Retirement, the Applicable Interest Rate for the period through December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age shall be (i) 13% if the Participant became a Participant by December 31, 2000 or (ii) determined as follows if the Participant became a Participant on or after January 1, 2001:


Years of Service at Retirement		Applicable Interest Rate
Less than 5		8%
5-9		11%
10 or more		13%

The Applicable Interest Rate for Deferred Retirement for any period after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age until the first of the month in which benefit payments commence shall be 6%.

(3)

Early Retirement-Regular or Disability Retirement-Regular. If distribution of the Participant’s benefit attributable to the Fixed Benefit Option Account commences upon the Participant’s eligibility for Early Retirement – Regular or Disability Retirement – Regular, the Applicable Interest Rate shall be (i) 11% if the Participant became a Participant by December 31, 2000 or (ii) determined as follows if the Participant became a Participant on or after January 1, 2001:


Years of Service at Retirement		Applicable Interest Rate
Less than 5		8%
5 or more		11%

(4)

Early Retirement-Special or Disability Retirement-Special. If distribution of the Participant’s benefit attributable to the Fixed Benefit Option Account commences upon the Participant’s eligibility for Early Retirement – Special or Disability Retirement – Special, the Applicable Interest Rate shall be 13%.

(5)

Severance. If distribution of the Participant’s benefit attributable to the Fixed Benefit Option Account commences on account of Severance, the Applicable Interest Rate is 8%.

(c)

Fixed Benefit Option Account Balance: For purposes of Subsection (a) of this Section, the Fixed Benefit Option Account balance means the sum of Amount A, Amount B and Amount C, determined as of the first day of the calendar quarter in which benefit payments commence as described in Section 4.4, where:

(1)

Amount A is the amount of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferrals credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account;

(2)

Amount B is the product of (i) the Participant’s Pre-2006 Company Contributions credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account multiplied by (ii) the Participant’s Vested Percentage; and

(3)

Amount C is interest credited with respect to the Pre-2006 Deferrals in Amount A and the vested Pre-2006 Company Contributions in Amount B at the Applicable Interest Rate compounded annually.

4.8

Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account

The amount of the benefit provided by a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

Reduction for Non-Vested Benefits: If, in the case of a Severance benefit, the Participant’s Vested Percentage in the Participant’s Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount is less than 100%, then the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account attributable to the Participant’s Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount shall be reduced to the product of (i) the balance in the Participant’s Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount multiplied by (ii) the applicable Vested Percentage, and the remainder of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Company Contribution Subaccount shall be forfeited and disregarded in determining the Participant’s Severance benefit.

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: The amount of each monthly installment shall be the quotient of (i) the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account (after any reduction for non-vested benefits described in Subsection (a) of this Section) as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar year in which payment of the Participant’s benefit commences as described in Section 4.4, divided by (ii) the number of remaining monthly installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account is zero.

4.9

Reemployment

If a Participant who has become entitled to a benefit again becomes an Employee, such reemployment shall not change, suspend, delay or otherwise affect payment of such benefit.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE POST-2005

SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT

5.1

General

The provisions of this Article are applicable to distributions of a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account.

5.2

Payment Elections

(a)

Class Year Payment Elections: For each Plan Year beginning after 2005, a Participant shall make a payment election from among the available forms and timing of payment set forth in Subsection (b) of this Section that shall apply to the Class Year Deferral for such Plan Year.

(b)

Available Forms of Payment: A Participant shall elect from among the following forms of payment for each Class Year Deferral. The Participant may elect only one form of payment for each Class Year Deferral.

(1)

Lump Sum Payment Upon Termination of Employment. The balance of the applicable Class Year Deferral shall be payable upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment in a single lump sum payment;

(2)

Lump Sum Payment as of a Designated Date. The balance of the applicable Class Year Deferral shall be payable on a date designated by the Participant in a single lump sum payment; provided, however, that such designated date may not be earlier than the beginning of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year to which the Class Year Deferral applies or later than the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70;

(3)

Monthly Installments Upon Termination of Employment. The balance of the applicable Class Year Deferral shall be payable upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment in monthly installments over a period of 5, 10 or 15 years; or

(4)

Monthly Installments Commencing as of a Designated Date. The balance of the applicable Class Year Deferral shall be payable commencing as of the date designated by the Participant in monthly installments over a period of 5, 10 or 15 years; provided, however, that such designated date shall not be earlier than the beginning of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year to which the Class Year Deferral applies or later than the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70.

(5)

Default Election. If a Participant described in Subsection (a) of this Section fails to make a class year payment election for a Class Year

Deferral in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected for such Class Year Deferral a lump sum payment upon the earlier of Termination of Employment or attainment of age 70.

(c)

Subsequent Changes to Payment Elections: A Participant may change the form or timing of the payment elected under Subsection (b) of this Section, or the form or timing of payment subsequently elected under this Subsection, with respect to a Class Year Deferral only if (i) such election is made at least 12 months prior to the date the payment of the Class Year Deferral would have otherwise commenced, and (ii) the effect of such election is to defer commencement of such payments by at least 5 years. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection, no election may be made under this Subsection if the effect of such election would be to commence payment of the Participant’s Class Year Deferral after the Participant’s attainment of age 70.

5.3

Timing of Lump Sum Payments

(a)

Lump Sum Payment Upon Termination of Employment: Subject to the provisions of Section 5.6, for any distribution of a Class Year Deferral made pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(1), such lump sum payment shall be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Participant attains age 70 before the Participant’s Termination of Employment, such lump sum payment shall be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant attains age 70.

(b)

Lump Sum Payment as of a Designated Date: For any distribution of a Class Year Deferral made pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(2), such lump sum payment shall be paid in a single cash payment as of the date designated by the Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and subject to the provisions of Section 5.6, if the Participant has a Termination of Employment before the date designated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(2), such lump sum payment shall be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs.

5.4

Timing of Monthly Installments

(a)

Monthly Installments Upon Termination of Employment: Subject to the provisions of Section 5.6, for any distribution of a Class Year Deferral made pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(3) or 5.2(b)(5), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Participant attains age 70 before the Participant’s Termination of Employment, such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant attains age 70.

(b)

Monthly Installments Commencing as of a Designated Date: For any distribution of a Class Year Deferral made pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(4), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid as of the date designated by the Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and subject to the provisions of Section 5.6, if the Participant has a Termination of Employment before the date designated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(4), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs.

5.5

Death of Participant Following Commencement of Monthly Installments

5.6

Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”

5.7

Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account

The amount of the benefit provided by a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

Reduction for Non-Vested Benefits: If, in the case of a Severance benefit, the Participant’s Vested Percentage in the Participant’s Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount is less than 100%, then the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account attributable to the Participant’s Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount shall be reduced to the product of (i) the balance in the Participant’s Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount multiplied by (ii) the applicable Vested Percentage, and the remainder of the Participant’s Post-2005 Company Contribution Subaccount shall be forfeited and disregarded in determining the Participant’s Severance benefit.

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: The amount of each monthly installment shall be the quotient of (i) the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account (after any reduction for non-vested benefits described in Subsection (a) of this Section) as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar year in which payment of the Participant’s benefit commences as described in Section 5.4 divided by (ii) the number of remaining monthly installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account is zero.

5.8

Reemployment

If a Participant who has become entitled to a benefit again becomes an Employee, such reemployment shall not change, suspend, delay or otherwise affect payment of such benefit.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSITION

CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT

6.1

General

The provisions of this Article are applicable to distributions of a Participant’s Transition Contribution Account.

6.2

Payment Elections

(a)

Payment Elections: Each Participant who is an Employee during 2005 shall be given an opportunity during 2005 to make a payment election from among the available forms and timing of payment set forth in Subsection (b) of this Section that shall apply to the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account. If an Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on or after January 1, 2006, the Participant shall make a payment election with respect to Transition Contributions within 30 days following the date the Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

(b)

Available Forms of Payment: With respect to a Participant’s Transition Contribution Account, the Participant shall elect either:

(1)

Monthly Installments Upon Termination of Employment. The balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be payable upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment in monthly installments over a period of 10 or 15 years; or

(2)

Monthly Installments Commencing as of a Designated Date. The balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be payable commencing as of the date designated by the Participant in monthly installments over a period of 10 or 15 years; provided, however, that such designated date shall not be earlier than the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 55 or later than the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70.

(3)

Default Election. If a Participant described in Subsection (a) of this Section fails to make a payment election in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected the payment of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account in monthly installments over 15 years upon the earlier of the Participant’s Termination of Employment or attainment of age 70.

(c)

Participant’s Transition Contribution Account would have otherwise commenced, and (ii) the effect of such election is to defer commencement of such payments by at least 5 years. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection, no election may be made under this Subsection if the effect of such election would be to commence payment of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account after the Participant’s attainment of age 70.

6.3

Timing of Monthly Installments

(a)

Monthly Installments Upon Termination of Employment: Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5, for any distribution made pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(1) or 6.2(b)(3), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Participant attains age 70 before the Participant’s Termination of Employment, such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant attains age 70.

(b)

Monthly Installments Commencing as of a Designated Date: For any distribution made pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(2), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid as of the date designated by the Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and subject to the provisions of Section 6.5, if the Participant has a Termination of Employment before the date designated pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(2), such monthly installments shall commence to be paid in the calendar quarter next following the calendar quarter in which the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs.

6.4

Death of Participant Following Commencement of Monthly Installments

If a Participant who is receiving monthly installment payments dies before the last monthly installment is paid, then the remaining monthly installments shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary as and when such monthly installments would have otherwise been paid to the Participant had the Participant not died.

6.5

Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”

6.6

Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Transition Contribution Account

The amount of the benefit provided by a Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

Reduction for Non-Vested Benefits: If, in the case of a Severance benefit, the Participant’s Vested Percentage in the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account is less than 100%, then the balance of the Transition Contribution Account shall be reduced to the product of (i) the balance in the Transition Contribution Account multiplied by (ii) the applicable Vested Percentage, and the remainder of the Transition Contribution Account shall be forfeited and disregarded in determining the Participant’s Severance benefit.

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: The amount of each monthly installment shall be the quotient of (i) the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account (after any reduction for non-vested benefits described in Subsection (a) of this Section) as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar year in which payment of the Participant’s benefit commences as described in Section 6.3, divided by (ii) the number of remaining monthly installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account is zero.

6.7

Reemployment

If a Participant who has become entitled to a benefit again becomes an Employee, such reemployment shall not change, suspend, delay or otherwise affect payment of such benefit.

ARTICLE VII

ADVANCE PAYMENT FOR UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCIES

7.1

Advance Payment for Unforeseeable Emergencies

Subject to approval of the Plan Administrator, a Participant may receive advance payment of benefits under the Plan in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, but only if the Plan Administrator determines that the resulting hardship may not be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship. Any such advance payment shall be made in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable following the Plan Administrator’s determination that such advance payment is permitted under this Section, shall not exceed the amount that the Plan Administrator determines is necessary to satisfy the unforeseeable emergency (taking into account all other available financial resources of the Participant), and shall require that no further Deferrals be made to the Plan by the Participant for 12 months following such advance payment.

7.2

Payments from Accounts for Advance Payment for Unforeseeable Emergencies

An advance payment made pursuant to Section 7.1 shall be made from the Participant’s Accounts and Subaccounts as determined by the Plan Administrator.

ARTICLE VIII

PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT

8.1

Eligibility

This Article provides a death benefit (“Pre-Retirement Death Benefit”) with respect to a Participant:

(a)

who dies while an Employee and (if the Participant has attained age 70) before Deferred Retirement;

(b)

who dies while Totally Disabled but prior to the commencement of Disability Retirement benefits; or

(c)

who dies after having terminated employment, and is eligible for Early Retirement but prior to receiving benefits under the Plan.

The Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be in lieu of any and all other benefits provided under the Plan with respect to the Participant or to the Beneficiary.

8.2

Method of Payment

At the time a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 4.3(a) (which election may not thereafter be changed), the Participant shall also elect the form of payment of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit attributable to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account, the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account, the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account and the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account that may be payable upon the Participant’s death pursuant to this Article. The Participant may elect to have the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit paid in a single lump sum payment or in monthly installments over 5, 10 or 15 years. If a Participant fails to make a payment election described in this Section, the Participant’s Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in monthly installments over 15 years.

8.3

Timing of Payment

The Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid during the calendar quarter next following receipt by the Plan Administrator of satisfactory proof of the Participant’s death.

8.4

Amount of Benefit under the Fixed Benefit Option Account

The amount of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit provided by the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account shall be determined as described in Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section and shall be based solely on the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account at the time of such determination.

(a)

Lump Sum Method of Payment: If the method of payment is a single lump sum payment, the amount of the lump sum payment shall be the Fixed Benefit Option Account balance as described in Subsection (c) of this Section.

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: If the method of payment is monthly installments, the monthly installments shall be equal in amount and shall have a present value as of the first day of the calendar quarter next following the Participant’s death equal to the balance of the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account as of such date as described in Subsection (c) of this Section, determined by discounting the monthly payments (i) in the case of death on or after Normal Retirement Age, at the interest rate used in determining the balance of the Participants Fixed Benefit Option Account as described in Paragraph (c)(1) of this Section or (ii) in the case of death before Normal Retirement Age, at the interest rate described in Subparagraph (c)(2)(B) of this Section.

(c)

Fixed Benefit Option Account Balance: For purposes of Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section, the Fixed Benefit Option Account balance means the following:

(1)

Death on or after Normal Retirement Age. If the Participant dies on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Fixed Benefit Option Account balance shall be the amount that the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account balance would have been had the Participant Retired on the day preceding the Participant’s death.

(2)

Death before Normal Retirement Age. If the Participant dies before Normal Retirement Age, the Fixed Benefit Option Account shall be the sum of Amount A and Amount B, determined as of the first day of the calendar quarter next following the Participant’s death, where:

(A)

Amount A is the amount of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account with respect to any year prior to 2006.

(B)

Amount B is interest credited with respect to the Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions in Amount A at the following interest rate compounded annually: 13% if the Participant was eligible for Early Retirement-Special or Disability Retirement-Special at the time of the Participant’s death, 11% if the Participant was eligible for Early Retirement-Regular or Disability Retirement-Regular at the time of the Participant’s death, or 8% in any other case. If the Participant became a Participant on or after January 1, 2001, however, the interest rate shall be the lesser of (i) the interest rate provided by the preceding sentence or (ii) the interest rate determined as follows:


Years of Service at Participant’s Death		Applicable Interest Rate
Less than 5		8%
5-9		11%
10 or more		13%

8.5

Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account

The amount of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit provided by the deceased Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

Lump Sum Method of Payment: If the method of payment is a single lump sum payment, the amount of the lump sum payment shall equal the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding payment.

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: If the method of payment is monthly installments, the amount of the monthly installments shall be the quotient of (i) the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar quarter in which benefit payments commence divided by (ii) the number of remaining installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account is zero.

8.6

Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account

The amount of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit provided by the deceased Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

Lump Sum Method of Payment: If the method of payment is a single lump sum payment, the amount of the lump sum payment shall equal the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding payment.

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: If the method of payment is monthly installments, the amount of the monthly installments shall be the quotient of (i) the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar quarter in which benefit payments commence divided by (ii) the number of remaining installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account is zero.

8.7

Amount of Benefit from a Participant’s Transition Contribution Account

The amount of the Pre-Retirement Death Benefit provided by the deceased Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

Lump Sum Method of Payment: If the method of payment is a single lump sum payment, the amount of the lump sum payment shall equal the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding payment.

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: If the method of payment is monthly installments, the amount of the monthly installments shall be the quotient of (i) the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar quarter in which benefit payments commence divided by (ii) the number of remaining installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account is zero.

ARTICLE IX

CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT

9.1

Eligibility

This Article provides a benefit (a “Change in Control Benefit”) for each Participant who, as of the date of a Change in Control:

(a)

is an Employee and (if the Participant has attained age 70) the Participant has not taken Deferred Retirement; or

(b)

is under a Total Disability but has not reached Disability Retirement.

9.2

Method of Payment

At the time a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 4.3(a) (which election may not thereafter be changed), the Participant shall also elect the form of payment of the Change in Control Benefit attributable to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account, the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account, the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account and the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account that may be payable upon a Change in Control pursuant to this Article. The Participant may elect to have the Change in Control Benefit paid in a single lump sum payment or in monthly installments over 5, 10 or 15 years. If a Participant fails to make a payment election described in this Section, the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit shall be paid to the Participant in monthly installments over 15 years.

9.3

Timing of Payment

The Change in Control Benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid during the calendar quarter next following the Change in Control.

9.4

Amount of Benefit under the Fixed Benefit Option Account

The amount of the Change in Control Benefit provided by the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account shall be determined as described in Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section and shall be based solely on the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account at the time of such determination.

(a)

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: If the method of payment is monthly installments, the monthly installments shall be equal in amount and have a present value as of the first day of the calendar quarter next following the Change in Control equal to the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account balance, determined by discounting the monthly installments at the rate of 13% per annum.

(c)

Fixed Benefit Option Account Balance: For purposes of Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section, the balance of the Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account means the sum of Amount A and Amount B, determined as of the first day of the calendar quarter next following the Change in Control, where:

(1)

Amount A is the amount of the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions credited to the Fixed Benefit Option Account; and

(2)

Amount B is interest credited with respect to the Pre-2006 Deferrals and Pre-2006 Company Contributions in Amount A at the rate of 13% per annum.

9.5

Amount of Benefit from the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account

The amount of the Change in Control Benefit provided by the Participant’s Pre-2006 Supplemental Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

(b)

9.6

Amount of Benefit from the Post-2005 Supplemental Account

The amount of the Change in Control Benefit provided by the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

(b)

Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar quarter in which benefit payments commence divided by (ii) the number of remaining installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Post-2005 Supplemental Account is zero.

9.7

Amount of Benefit from the Transition Contribution Account

The amount of the Change in Control Benefit provided by the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account shall be determined as follows:

(a)

(b)

Monthly Installments Method of Payment: If the method of payment is monthly installments, the amount of the monthly installments shall be the quotient of (i) the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account as of the Adjustment Date immediately preceding the beginning of the calendar quarter in which benefit payments commence divided by (ii) the number of remaining installments in the installment period (including the calendar year’s monthly installments being calculated). In no event, however, shall any monthly installment exceed the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account immediately prior to such installment, and therefore no installment shall be paid once the balance of the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account is zero.

9.8

Payments to Beneficiary

If a Participant entitled to a Change in Control Benefit dies after payment of the Change in Control Benefit has begun but before payment of the Change in Control Benefit has been completed, then the payment(s) remaining to be paid at the time of the Participant’s death shall be paid instead to the Participant’s Beneficiary at the time and in the manner and the amount as would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant not died. If payment of the Change in Control Benefit had not begun before the Participant’s death, payment of the Change in Control Benefit shall commence during the calendar quarter next following the Change in Control and be paid in monthly installments over 15 years.

9.9

Benefits Pending or in Progress

If, as of the date of a Change in Control, a Participant is not entitled to a Change in Control Benefit under Section 9.1 but is entitled to one or more future payments under Article IV, Article V or Article VI, such benefits shall be paid at the time and in the manner and the amount provided in Article IV, Article V or Article VI, as applicable. If, as of the date of a Change in Control, a Beneficiary is entitled to one or more future payments under Article IV, Article V, Article VI or Article VIII, such benefits shall be paid at the time and in the manner and amount provided in Article IV, Article V, Article VI or Article VIII, as applicable.

ARTICLE X

ACCOUNTS

10.1

Establishment of Accounts

(a)

Fixed Benefit Option Account: The Plan Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained a Fixed Benefit Option Account with respect to each Participant. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained with respect to each Participant separate subaccounts to be known respectively as the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount, the Pre-2006 Matching Contribution Subaccount and the Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount. The applicable portion of such Subaccounts together shall comprise the Fixed Benefit Option Account.

(b)

Pre-2006 Supplemental Accounts: The Plan Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained a Pre-2006 Supplemental Account with respect to each Participant. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained with respect to each Participant separate subaccounts to be known respectively as the Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount, the Pre-2006 Matching Contribution Subaccount and the Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount. The applicable portion of such Subaccounts together shall comprise the Pre-2006 Supplemental Account. Within each Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount, Pre-2006 Matching Contribution Subaccount and Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount there shall be kept Investment Subaccounts.

(c)

Post-2005 Supplemental Accounts: The Plan Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained a Post-2005 Supplemental Account with respect to each Participant. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained with respect to each Participant separate subaccounts to be known respectively as the Participant’s Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount, the Post-2005 Matching Contribution Subaccount and the Post-2005 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount. The applicable portion of such Subaccounts together shall comprise the Post-2005 Supplemental Account. Within each Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount, Post-2005 Matching Contribution Subaccount and Post-2005 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount there shall be kept Investment Subaccounts.

(d)

Transition Contribution Account: The Plan Administrator shall establish and cause to be maintained a Transition Contribution Account with respect to each Participant. Within each Transition Contribution Account shall be kept Investment Subaccounts.

10.2

Accounting.

(a)

Accounting of Deferral Subaccounts: As of each Adjustment Date, the Plan Administrator shall debit and credit each Participant’s Pre-2006 Deferral Subaccount and Post-2005 Deferral Subaccount, as applicable, by the following:

(1)

Payments. There shall be debited the amount of benefit payments made to or on behalf of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary since the last Adjustment Date and allocable to such Deferral Subaccount.

(2)

Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent. There shall be credited or debited, as the case may be, the Net Gain (Loss) Equivalent since the last Adjustment Date for each of the Participant’s Investment Subaccounts.

(3)

Deferrals. There shall be credited the Participant’s Deferrals made since the last Adjustment Date and allocable to such Deferral Subaccount.

(b)

Accounting of Matching Contribution Subaccounts: As of each Adjustment Date, the Plan Administrator shall debit and credit each Participant’s Pre-2006 Matching Contribution Subaccount or Post-2005 Matching Contribution Subaccount, as applicable, by the following:

(1)

(2)

(3)

Matching Contributions. There shall be credited the Participant’s Pre-2006 Matching Contributions or Post-2005 Matching Contributions made since the last Adjustment Date and allocable to such Matching Contribution Subaccount.

(c)

Accounting of Discretionary Contribution Subaccounts: As of each Adjustment Date, the Plan Administrator shall debit and credit each Participant’s Pre-2006 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount or Post-2005 Discretionary Contribution Subaccount, as applicable, by the following:

(1)

(2)

(3)

Discretionary Contributions. There shall be credited the Participant’s Pre-2006 Discretionary Contributions or Post-2005 Discretionary Contributions made since the last Adjustment Date and allocable to such Discretionary Contribution Subaccount.

(d)

Accounting of Fixed Benefit Option Account: As of each Adjustment Date, the Plan Administrator shall debit and credit each Participant’s Fixed Benefit Option Account by the following:

(1)

(2)

Interest Credit. There shall be credited interest at the Applicable Interest Rate described in Section 4.7(b), using simple interest computed on a monthly basis, since the last Adjustment Date.

(e)

Accounting of Transition Contribution Account: As of each Adjustment Date, the Plan Administrator shall debit and credit each Participant’s Transition Contribution Account by the following:

(1)

(2)

(3)

Transition Contributions. There shall be credited the Participant’s Transition Contributions made since the last Adjustment Date and allocable to the Participant’s Transition Contribution Account.

ARTICLE XI

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

11.1

Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator shall have general responsibility for the administration of the Plan (including but not limited to complying with reporting and disclosure requirements, and establishing and maintaining Plan records). In the exercise of the Plan Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion, the Plan Administrator shall interpret the Plan’s provisions (and all ambiguities) and subject to the Committee’s approval, determine the eligibility of individuals for benefits.

11.2

Agents

The Plan Administrator may engage such legal counsel, certified public accountants and other advisors and service providers, who may be advisors or service providers for one or more Participating Companies, and make use of such agents and clerical or other personnel, as the Plan Administrator shall require or may deem advisable for purposes of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may rely upon the written opinion of any legal counsel or accountants engaged by the Plan Administrator, and may delegate to any person or persons the Plan Administrator’s authority to perform any act hereunder, including, without limitation, those matters involving the exercise of discretion, provided that such delegation shall be subject to revocation at any time at the discretion of the Plan Administrator.

11.3

Reports to the Committee

The Plan Administrator shall report to the Committee as frequently as the Committee shall specify, with regard to the matters for which the Plan Administrator is responsible under the Plan.

11.4

Limitations on the Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator shall not be entitled to act on or decide any matter relating solely to the Plan Administrator or any of the Plan Administrator’s rights or benefits under the Plan. In the event the Plan Administrator is unable to act in any matter by reason of the foregoing restriction, the Committee shall act on such matter. The Plan Administrator shall not receive any special compensation for serving in such capacity but shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. Except as otherwise required by ERISA, no bond or other security shall be required of the Plan Administrator in any jurisdiction. The Plan Administrator or any agent to whom the Plan Administrator delegates any authority, and any other person or group of persons, may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

11.5

Benefit Elections, Procedures and Calculations

The Plan Administrator shall establish, and may alter, amend and modify from time to time, the procedures pursuant to which Participants (and Beneficiaries) may make their

respective elections, requests and designations under the Plan, including procedures relating to the making of Deferral Elections (including elections thereunder as to the allocation of Pre-2006 Deferrals, Post-2005 Deferrals, Pre-2006 Company Contributions, Post-2005 Company Contributions and Transition Contributions among the Investment Options), and designations of Beneficiaries. The Plan Administrator shall also establish the election and designation forms that Participants and Beneficiaries must use for such purposes. No election, request or designation by a Participant or a Beneficiary shall be effective unless and until it has been executed and delivered to the Plan Administrator (or the Plan Administrator’s authorized representative) and has also satisfied any other conditions or requirements that may apply to such election, request or designation under any other applicable provision of the Plan.

11.6

Calculation of Benefits

The Plan Administrator shall promulgate and establish such written rules, charts, examples and other guidelines as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in order to precisely calculate the benefits due hereunder, and the same shall be filed with the records of the Plan Administrator and shall be binding and governing on Participants, their Beneficiaries and all other interested parties to the extent they represent a reasonable and consistent interpretation of the benefit-calculation provisions of the Plan.

11.7

Instructions for Payments

All requests of or directions to any Participating Company for payment or disbursement shall be signed by the Plan Administrator or such other person or persons as the Plan Administrator may from time to time designate in writing. This person shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of payments and disbursements under the Plan.

11.8

Claims for Benefits

(a)

General: In the event a claimant has a claim under the Plan, such claim shall be made by the claimant’s filing a notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. (A claimant may authorize a representative to act on the claimant’s behalf with respect to the claim.) Each such claim shall be referred to the Plan Administrator for the initial decision with respect thereto. Each claimant who has submitted a claim to the Plan Administrator shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to state such claimant’s position and to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim to the Plan Administrator for the Plan Administrator’s consideration in rendering the Plan Administrator’s decision with respect thereto. A claimant shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim.

(b)

Plan Administrator Decision: The Plan Administrator will consider the claim and make a decision and notify the claimant in writing within a reasonable period of time but not later than 90 days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim. Under special circumstances, the Plan Administrator may take up to an additional

90 days to review the claim if the Plan Administrator determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the Plan Administrator’s control. If this happens, the claimant will be notified before the end of the initial 90-day period of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a decision. If any part of the Claim is denied, the notice will include specific reasons for the denial and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, describe any additional material or information necessary to file the claim properly and explain why this material or information is necessary, and describe the Plan’s review procedures, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefits determination on review.

(c)

Review of Decision: The claimant may have the denial of any part of the claim reviewed. The denial will be reviewed by the Committee. To obtain a review, the claimant must submit a written request for review to the Committee within 90 days after the claimant receives the written decision of the Plan Administrator. The written request may include written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim. The claimant will be provided upon request and free of charge reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim.

The Committee will review the case and notify the claimant of its decision, whether favorable or unfavorable, within a reasonable period of time, but no later than 60 days after it receives the claim. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information the claimant submits, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. Under special circumstances, the Committee may take up to an additional 60 days to review the claim if it determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond its control. If this happens, the claimant will be notified before the end of the initial 60-day period of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee expects to render a decision.

The notification to the claimant will be in writing, specify the reasons for its decision, make specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial was based, and include a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim and a statement regarding the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

The decision of the Committee will be final and conclusive upon all persons interested therein, except to the extent otherwise provided by applicable law.

11.9

Hold Harmless

To the maximum extent permitted by law, no member of the Committee or the Plan Administrator shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument

executed by the Plan Administrator or a member of the Committee or on such member’s behalf in such member’s capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and each Participating Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums of which are paid from the Company’s own assets), the Plan Administrator and each member of the Committee and each other officer, employee, or director of any Participating Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of any Participating Company) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith or such indemnification is contrary to law.

11.10

Service of Process

The Secretary of the Company or such other person designated by the Board shall be the agent for service of process under the Plan.

ARTICLE XII

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

12.1

Beneficiary Designation

Every Participant shall file with the Plan Administrator a written designation of one or more persons as the Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the benefits, if any, payable under the Plan after the Participant’s death. A Participant may from time to time revoke or change such Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Plan Administrator. The last such designation received by the Plan Administrator shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Plan Administrator prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of any date prior to such receipt. All decisions of the Plan Administrator concerning the effectiveness of any Beneficiary designation and the identity of any Beneficiary shall be final. If a Beneficiary dies after the death of the Participant and prior to receiving the payment(s) that would have been made to such Beneficiary had such Beneficiary’s death not occurred, and if no contingent Beneficiary has been designated, then for the purposes of the Plan the payment(s) that would have been received by such Beneficiary shall be made to the Beneficiary’s estate.

12.2

Failure to Designate Beneficiary

If no Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of a Participant’s death (including a situation where no designated Beneficiary is alive or in existence at the time of the Participant’s death), the benefits, if any, payable under the Plan after the Participant’s death shall be made to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, if any, or if the Participant has no Surviving Spouse, to the Participant’s estate. If the Plan Administrator is in doubt as to the right of any person to receive such benefits, the Plan Administrator may direct the Participating Company to withhold payment, without liability for any interest thereon, until the rights thereto are determined, or the Plan Administrator may direct the Participating Company to pay any such amount into any court of appropriate jurisdiction; and such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Participating Company.

ARTICLE XIII

WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING COMPANY

13.1

Withdrawal of Participating Company

The Participating Company (other than the Company) may withdraw from participation in the Plan by giving the Board prior written notice approved by resolution by its board of directors or similar governing body specifying a withdrawal date, which shall be the last day of a month at least 30 days subsequent to the date which notice is received by the Board. The Participating Company shall withdraw from participating in the Plan if and when it ceases to be either a division of the Company or an Affiliate. The Committee may require the Participating Company to withdraw from the Plan, as of any withdrawal date the Committee specifies.

13.2

Effect of Withdrawal

A Participating Company’s withdrawal from the Plan shall not in any way modify, reduce or otherwise affect the Participating Company’s obligations under Deferral Elections made before the withdrawal, as such obligations are defined under the provisions of the Plan existing immediately before this withdrawal. Withdrawal from the Plan by any Participating Company shall not in any way affect any other Participating Company’s participating in the Plan.

ARTICLE XIV

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

14.1

Right to Amend or Terminate Plan

(a)

By the Board or the Committee: Subject to Subsection (c) of this Section, the Board or the Committee reserves the right at any time to amend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, and for any reason and without the consent of any Participating Company, Participant or Beneficiary. Each Participating Company by its participation in the Plan shall be deemed to have delegated this authority to the Committee.

(b)

By the Plan Administrator: Subject to Subsection (c) of this Section, the Plan Administrator may adopt any ministerial and nonsubstantive amendment which may be necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration, management and interpretation of the Plan, provided the amendment does not materially affect the estimated cost to the Participating Companies of maintaining the Plan. Each Participating Company by its participation in the Plan shall be deemed to have delegated this authority to the Plan Administrator.

(c)

Limitations: In no event shall any amendment or termination of the Plan modify, reduce or otherwise affect a Participating Company’s obligations under Deferral Elections made before the amendment or termination, as such obligations are defined under the provisions of the Plan existing immediately before such amendment or termination. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, from and after the date of a Change in Control, no amendment or termination may be made to the Plan that, without the express written consent of the affected Participant or Beneficiary (as the case may be), directly or indirectly changes the amount, time or method of payment of (i) any Change in Control Benefits resulting from the Change in Control or (ii) any Retirement benefit, Severance benefit, Pre-Retirement Death Benefit or other benefits that had accrued by the date of the Change in Control.

(d)

Effect of Amendment and Restatement: This amendment and restatement of the Plan shall not affect the time, amount or method of payment of Plan benefits paid on or after the Effective Date to any Participant whose employment with the Company terminated on or before the Effective Date, and such Participant’s benefits (including any death benefits) shall be determined under the provisions of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date; provided, however, upon a Change in Control, the provisions of Sections 2.5(f), 9.9 and Subsection (c) of this Section shall apply to any remaining benefits of such Participant.

14.2

Notice

Notice of any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be given by the Board or the Committee, whichever adopts the amendment, to the other and all Participating Companies.

ARTICLE XV

GENERAL PROVISIONS AND LIMITATIONS

15.1

No Right to Continued Employment

Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any Employee the right to be retained in the employment of the Participating Company or Affiliate or affect the right of any such employer to dismiss any Employee with or without cause. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not constitute a contract between any Participating Company and Employee or consideration for, or an inducement to or condition of, the employment of any Employee. Unless a written contract of employment has been executed by a duly authorized representative of a Participating Company, such Employee is an “employee at will.”

15.2

Payment on Behalf of Payee

If the Plan Administrator finds that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for such person’s affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due such person or such person’s estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Plan Administrator so elects, be paid to such person’s spouse, a child, a relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Plan Administrator to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and every Participating Company therefor.

15.3

Nonalienation

No interest, expectancy, benefit, payment, claim or right of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan shall be (a) subject in any manner to any claims of any creditor of the Participant or Beneficiary, (b) subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Participant or Beneficiary or (c) subject to alienation by anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance of any kind. If any person attempts to take any action contrary to this Section, such action shall be null and void and of no effect; and the Plan Administrator and the Participating Company shall disregard such action and shall not in any manner be bound thereby and shall suffer no liability on account of its disregard thereof.

If the Participant or Beneficiary hereunder becomes bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right hereunder, then such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, cease and terminate, and in such event the Plan Administrator may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of the Participant or Beneficiary or the spouse, children, or other dependents of the Participant or Beneficiary, or any of them, in such manner and in such amounts and proportions as the Plan Administrator may deem proper.

15.4

Missing Payee

If the Plan Administrator cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any person to whom a payment is due under the Plan, and if, after five years from the date such payment is due, a notice of such payment due is mailed to the last known address of such person, as shown on the records of the Plan Administrator or any Participating Company, and within three months after such mailing such person has not made written claim therefor, the Plan Administrator, if the Plan Administrator so elects, after receiving advice from counsel to the Plan, may direct that such payment and all remaining payments otherwise due to such person be canceled on the records of the Plan and the amount thereof forfeited; and upon such cancellation, the Participating Company shall have no further liability therefor, except that, in the event such person later notifies the Plan Administrator of such person’s whereabouts and requests the payment or payments due to such person under the Plan, the amounts otherwise due but unpaid shall be paid to such person without interest for late payment.

15.5

Required Information

Each Participant shall file with the Plan Administrator such pertinent information concerning himself or herself, such Participant’s Beneficiary, or such other person as the Plan Administrator may specify; and no Participant, Beneficiary, or other person shall have any rights or be entitled to any benefits under the Plan unless such information is filed by or with respect to the Participant.

15.6

No Trust or Funding Created

The obligations of such Participating Company to make payments hereunder constitutes a liability of such Participating Company to a Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be. Such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Participating Company; and the Participating Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or purchase or acquire life insurance on a Participant’s life, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payment shall be made; and neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall have any interest in any particular asset of the Participating Company by reason of its obligations hereunder. Nothing contained in the Plan shall create or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or any other fiduciary relationship between any Participating Company and a Participant or any other person, it being the intention of the parties that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for Title I of ERISA. The rights and claims of a Participant or a Beneficiary to a benefit provided hereunder shall have no greater or higher status than the rights and claims of any other general, unsecured creditor of any Participating Company; and the Plan constitutes a mere promise to make benefit payments in the future.

15.7

Binding Effect

Obligations incurred by any Participating Company pursuant to the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such Participating Company, its successors and assigns, and the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary.

15.8

Merger or Consolidation

In the event of a merger or a consolidation by any Participating Company with another corporation, or the acquisition of substantially all of the assets or outstanding stock of a Participating Company by another corporation, then and in such event the obligations and responsibilities of such Participating Company under the Plan shall be assumed by any such successor or acquiring corporation, and all of the rights, privileges and benefits of the Participants and Beneficiaries hereunder shall continue.

15.9

Entire Plan

This document, any elections provided for in the Plan, any written amendments hereto and the Exhibits attached hereto contain all the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall constitute the entire Plan, any other alleged terms or provisions being of no effect.

15.10

Withholding

Each Participating Company shall withhold from benefit payments all taxes required by law.

15.11

Compliance with Section 409A of the Code

15.12

Construction

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to articles, sections and subsections shall be to the Plan as set forth in this document. The titles of articles and the captions preceding sections and subsections have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions of the Plan. Whenever used herein, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular.

15.13

Applicable Law

The Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, except to the extent such laws are preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed this 7th day of December, 2005.


COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO.
CONSOLIDATED

By		/s/ Henry W. Flint


Officer’s Name		Henry W. Flint
Officer’s Title		Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman

Officer Retention Plan

Exhibit 10.20

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

OFFICER RETENTION PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2005)

Table of Contents


			Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS			1

	1.1	Affiliate	1
	1.2	Annuity Starting Date	1
	1.3	Authorized Leave of Absence	1
	1.4	Beneficiary	1
	1.5	Board	2
	1.6	Change in Control	2
	1.7	Change in Control Benefit	3
	1.8	Code	3
	1.9	Committee	3
	1.10	Company	4
	1.11	Disability Retirement	4
	1.12	Employee	4
	1.13	ERISA	4
	1.14	Normal Retirement	4
	1.15	Normal Retirement Date	4
	1.16	ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit	4
	1.17	ORP Agreement	4
	1.18	Participating Company	4
	1.19	Plan	5
	1.20	Plan Administrator	5
	1.21	Postponed Retirement	5
	1.22	Retire	5
	1.23	Retirement	5
	1.24	Retirement Benefit	5
	1.25	Service	5
	1.26	Severance	5
	1.27	Severance Benefit	5
	1.28	Surviving Spouse	6
	1.29	Termination for Cause	6
	1.30	Termination of Employment	6
	1.31	Total Disability	6
	1.32	Vested Percentage	6
	1.33	Year of Plan Participation	7

ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION			8

	2.1	Eligibility	8
	2.2	Participation	8

ARTICLE III RETIREMENT BENEFIT			9

	3.1	Retirement Benefit	9


		3.2	Reemployment	9

	ARTICLE IV DEATH BENEFIT			10

		4.1	Amount of Death Benefit Before Payment Begins	10
		4.2	Amount of Death Benefit After Annuity Payments Begin	10
		4.3	Form of Benefit	10
		4.4	Time of Payment	10

	ARTICLE V SEVERANCE BENEFIT			11

		5.1	Severance Benefit	11
		5.2	Reemployment	11

ARTICLE VI CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT				12

		6.1	Change in Control	12
		6.2	Enlargement of Benefits	13

	ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS			14

		7.1	Suicide	14
		7.2	Noncompetition	14
		7.3	Forfeiture for Cause	14
		7.4	Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”	14

	ARTICLE VIII ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN			15

		8.1	Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator	15
		8.2	Agents	15
		8.3	Reports to the Committee	15
		8.4	Limitations on the Plan Administrator	15
		8.5	Benefit Elections, Procedures and Calculations	16
		8.6	Instructions for Payments	16
		8.7	Claims for Benefits	16
		8.8	Hold Harmless	17
		8.9	Service of Process	17

	ARTICLE IX DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES			18

		9.1	Beneficiary Designation	18
		9.2	Failure to Designate Beneficiary	18

	ARTICLE X WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING COMPANY			19

		10.1	Withdrawal of Participating Company	19
		10.2	Effect of Withdrawal	19


ARTICLE XI AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN			20

	11.1	Right to Amend or Terminate Plan	20
	11.2	Notice	20

ARTICLE XII GENERAL PROVISIONS AND LIMITATIONS			21

	12.1	No Right to Continued Employment	21
	12.2	Payment on Behalf of Payee	21
	12.3	Nonalienation	21
	12.4	Missing Payee	22
	12.5	Required Information	22
	12.6	No Trust or Funding Created	22
	12.7	Binding Effect	22
	12.8	Merger or Consolidation	23
	12.9	Entire Plan	23
	12.10	Withholding	23
	12.11	Compliance with Section 409A of the Code	23
	12.12	Construction	23
	12.13	Applicable Law	23

iii

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated

Officer Retention Plan

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005)

PREAMBLE

This Plan is designed to enhance the earnings and growth of each Participating Company. The Plan rewards selected key Employees with retirement and survivor benefits. Such benefits are intended to supplement retirement and survivor benefits from other sources. By providing such supplemental benefits, the Plan enables the Participating Company to attract superior key Employees, to encourage them to make careers with the Participating Company, and to give them additional incentive to make the Participating Company more profitable.

The Plan became effective on January 1, 1991 and was amended and restated effective January 1, 1997, July 1, 1998 and January 1, 2001. By this Instrument, Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated is amending and restating the Plan effective January 1, 2005 to make desired changes. The Committee has reserved the right to amend the Plan from time to time in whole or in part, and the Committee has authorized the amendment and restatement of the Plan set forth below.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein and capitalized, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated unless the context plainly requires otherwise.

1.1

Affiliate

Any corporation or other entity with respect to which the Company owns directly or indirectly 100% or more of the corporation’s or other entity’s outstanding capital stock or other equity interest, and any other entity with respect to which the Company owns directly or indirectly 50% or more of such entity’s outstanding capital stock or other equity interest and which the Committee designates as an Affiliate.

1.2

Annuity Starting Date

The Annuity Starting Date has the following meanings:

(a)

For payments of a Retirement or Severance Benefit (unless otherwise required by Section 7.4), the first day of the third month following such Retirement or Severance;

(b)

For payments made on account of death, the first day of the third month following receipt by the Plan Administrator of satisfactory proof of death of the Participant; and

(c)

For payment of a Change in Control Benefit (unless otherwise required by Section 7.4 or otherwise elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(2)), the first day of the third month following the Change in Control.

1.3

Authorized Leave of Absence

Either (a) a leave of absence authorized by the Participating Company, in its sole and absolute discretion (the Participating Company is not required to treat different Employees comparably), provided that the Employee returns to a Participating Company within the period specified, or (b) an absence required to be considered an Authorized Leave of Absence by applicable law.

1.4

Beneficiary

The beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant pursuant to Article IX to receive the benefits, if any, payable on behalf of the Participant under the Plan after the death of such Participant, or when there has been no such designation or an invalid designation, the individual or entity, or the individuals or entities, who will receive such amount.

1.5

Board

The Board of Directors of the Company.

1.6

Change in Control

Any of the following:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

For purposes of this Section:

(1)

directly or indirectly, by any one or more of the foregoing, and any person in which any one or more of the foregoing have a majority of the equity interests;

(2)

(3)

“beneficial ownership” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

(4)

“control” of a person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person; and

(5)

(f)

1.7

Change in Control Benefit

The benefit paid to a Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s Beneficiary, in accordance with Section 6.1.

1.8

Code

1.9

Committee

The Compensation Committee of the Board.

1.10

Company

Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated, a Delaware corporation, and where appropriate any subsidiary thereof, or any entity which succeeds to its rights and obligations with respect to the Plan; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 1.6, “Company” shall mean only Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated, a Delaware corporation, and any entity which succeeds to its rights and obligations with respect to the Plan.

1.11

Disability Retirement

A Termination of Employment on account of Total Disability which occurs prior to a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

1.12

Employee

A person who is a common-law employee of a Participating Company.

1.13

ERISA

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. References thereto shall include the valid and binding governmental regulations, court decisions and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder.

1.14

Normal Retirement

Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than on account of death, on the last day of the month coinciding with or during which the Participant attains age 60.

1.15

Normal Retirement Date

The last day of the month coinciding with or during which the Participant attains age 60.

1.16

ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit

A Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit shall be as stated in the schedule attached to the Participant’s ORP Agreement. An example of such a schedule is attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit shall increase with each Year of Plan Participation the Participant completes.

1.17

ORP Agreement

The Agreement the Participating Company and the Participant enter into pursuant to Article II.

1.18

Participating Company

Subject to the provisions of Article X, “Participating Company” means the Company and any Affiliate which adopts the Plan for the benefit of its selected key Employees. Each Participating Company shall be deemed to appoint the Committee its exclusive agent to

exercise on its behalf all of the power and authority conferred by the Plan upon the Company and accept the delegation to the Plan Administrator of all the power and authority conferred upon the Plan Administrator by the Plan. The authority of the Company to act as such agent shall continue until the Plan is terminated as to the Participating Company. The term “Participating Company” shall be construed as if the Plan were solely the Plan of such Participating Company, unless the context plainly requires otherwise.

1.19

Plan

The Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated Officer Retention Plan, as contained herein and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.

1.20

Plan Administrator

The Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman or such other person designated by such individual or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

1.21

Postponed Retirement

A Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than on account of death, after the date on which the Participant’s Normal Retirement would occur.

1.22

Retire

The act of taking Retirement.

1.23

Retirement

A Participant’s Normal Retirement, Postponed Retirement or Disability Retirement.

1.24

Retirement Benefit

The benefit paid to a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Article III.

1.25

Service

Employment with any Participating Company, including in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, any period during which severance payments are made.

1.26

Severance

Termination of Employment prior to a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date other than on account of Total Disability or death.

1.27

Severance Benefit

The benefit paid to a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Article V.

1.28

Surviving Spouse

The survivor of a deceased Participant to whom such deceased Participant was legally married (as determined by the Plan Administrator) immediately before the Participant’s death.

1.29

Termination for Cause

Termination prior to a Change in Control by reason of (a) the Employee’s commission of an act of embezzlement, dishonesty, fraud, gross neglect of duties, or disloyalty to any Participating Company, (b) the Employee’s commission of a felonious act or other crime involving moral turpitude or public scandal, (c) the Employee’s alcoholism or drug addiction, or (d) the Employee’s improper communication of confidential information about any Participating Company or other conduct committed which the Employee knew or should have known was not in any Participating Company’s best interest.

1.30

Termination of Employment

The date on which the Participant is no longer employed by any Participating Company. For purposes of this Section, a Termination of Employment occurs on the earlier of:

(a)

The later of the date (i) as of which the Employee quits, is discharged, terminates employment in connection with incurring a Total Disability, Retirement or death, or (ii) at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, the Employee is no longer receiving severance payments; or

(b)

The first day of absence of an Employee who fails to return to employment at the expiration of an Authorized Leave of Absence.

1.31

Total Disability

A physical or mental condition under which the Participant qualifies as totally disabled under the group long-term disability plan of the Participating Company; provided, however, that if the Participant is not covered by such plan or if there is no such plan, the Participant shall be under a Total Disability if the Participant is determined to be disabled under the Social Security Act. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, a Participant shall not be considered Totally Disabled if such disability is due to (i) war, declared or undeclared, or any act of war, (ii) intentionally self-inflicted injuries, (iii) active participation in a riot or (iv) the Participant’s intoxication or the Participant’s illegal use of drugs.

1.32

Vested Percentage

The percentage in which the Participant is vested in benefits attributable to the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit shall be 100% upon (i) Retirement, (ii) death while an Employee or while Totally Disabled but prior to reaching Disability Retirement, or (iii) a Change in Control while an Employee or while Totally Disabled but prior to reaching Disability Retirement. Unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s

ORP Agreement, prior to the occurrence of any of the above events, the Participant’s Vested Percentage in benefits attributable to the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit shall be determined according to the following schedule:


Age				Vested Percentage

50				50%
51				55%
52				60%
53				65%
54				70%
55				75%
56				80%
57				85%
58				90%
59				95%
60				100%

1.33

Year of Plan Participation

A Participant shall be credited with a Year of Plan Participation for the calendar year in which the Participant’s participation in the Plan begins if the Participant remains in Service through the end of such calendar year. With respect to each calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant’s participation begins, the Participant shall be credited with a Year of Plan Participation for each such calendar year during which the Participant is in Service for the entirety of such calendar year. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, a Participant who is an Employee shall be credited with a Year of Plan Participation for the year in which and at the time the Participant attains Normal Retirement.

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1

Eligibility

An Employee (a) who is a member of the Participating Company’s “select group of management or highly compensated employees,” as defined in Sections 201(2), 301(a) (3) and 401(a) of ERISA, and (b) who is designated by the Committee, shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan.

2.2

Participation

An Employee who is eligible to become a Participant shall become a Participant upon the execution and delivery to the Plan Administrator of an ORP Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

ARTICLE III

RETIREMENT BENEFIT

3.1

Retirement Benefit

(a)

Eligibility for Retirement Benefit: Upon a Participant’s Normal Retirement, Postponed Retirement or Disability Retirement, the Participating Company shall pay the Participant a Retirement Benefit subject to the conditions and adjustments described in this Section.

(b)

Election of Payment Form:

(1)

Special Payment Election in 2005: Each Participant who is an Employee during 2005 shall be given the opportunity during 2005 to make a payment election applicable to the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit. The Participant may elect that the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit be paid in equal monthly installments over 10, 15 or 20 years. If a Participant described in this Paragraph fails to make a payment election described in this Paragraph, the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit shall be paid in equal monthly installments over 20 years. Any election made pursuant to this Paragraph shall be irrevocable on December 31, 2005.

(2)

Payment Election after 2005: Each individual who first becomes a Participant after 2005 shall elect that the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit be paid in equal monthly installments over 10, 15 or 20 years. Such election must be filed with the Plan Administrator within 30 days following the date of the Participant’s ORP Agreement. If a Participant described in this Paragraph fails to make a payment election described in this Paragraph, the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit shall be paid in equal monthly installments over 20 years. Any election made pursuant to this Paragraph shall be irrevocable 30 days following the date of the Participant’s ORP Agreement.

(c)

Amount and Commencement of Retirement Benefit:

(1)

The present value of the Retirement Benefit as of the Annuity Starting Date, determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis, shall equal the ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit the Participant accrued as of the Participant’s Retirement.

(2)

Payment of a Participant’s Retirement Benefit shall be made to the Participant beginning on the Annuity Starting Date described in Section 1.2(a) and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until expiration of the period certain. The present value of the monthly installments as of the Annuity Starting Date, determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis, shall equal Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit accrued as of the date of the Participant’s Retirement.

3.2

Reemployment

If a Retired Participant again becomes an Employee, such reemployment shall not affect in any way the Participant’s Retirement Benefit; and unless the Plan Administrator otherwise decides, the Participant shall not accrue any additional benefit under the Plan on account of such reemployment.

ARTICLE IV

DEATH BENEFIT

4.1

Amount of Death Benefit Before Payment Begins

If a Participant dies before receiving any payment under the Plan, the death benefit shall equal the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit as of the Participant’s death. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

(a)

No death benefit shall be paid if the Participant dies after a Termination for Cause; or

(b)

If a Participant entitled to a Change in Control Benefit under Section 6.1 dies before payment of the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit has begun, the amount of the death benefit shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.1(b)(3).

4.2

Amount of Death Benefit After Annuity Payments Begin

If a Participant dies after monthly installments begin but before all payments have been made, the monthly installments remaining shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum, the present value of which shall be determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis applied to the remaining monthly installments.

4.3

Form of Benefit

Payment of all death benefits shall be made in a single lump sum.

4.4

Time of Payment

The payment of a death benefit under this Article shall be made on the Annuity Starting Date described in Section 1.2(b).

ARTICLE V

SEVERANCE BENEFIT

5.1

Severance Benefit

(a)

Eligibility for Severance Benefit: Upon a Participant’s Severance, the Participating Company shall pay the Participant a Severance Benefit subject to the conditions and adjustments described in this Section.

(b)

Election of Payment Form: The Participant’s Severance Benefit shall be paid in the form elected under
Section 3.1(b).

(c)

Amount and Commencement of Severance Benefit:

(1)

The present value of the Severance Benefit as of the Annuity Starting Date, determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis, shall equal the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit as of the date of the Participant’s Severance.

(2)

Payment of the Participant’s Severance Benefit shall be made to the Participant beginning on the Annuity Starting Date described in Section 1.2(a) and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until the expiration of the period certain. The present value of the monthly installments as of the Annuity Starting Date, determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis, shall equal the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit accrued as of the Participant’s date of Severance.

5.2

Reemployment

Except as otherwise provided in this Section, if a Participant who has had a Severance again becomes an Employee, such reemployment shall not affect in any way the Participant’s Severance Benefit; and unless the Plan Administrator decides otherwise, the Participant shall not accrue any additional benefit under the Plan on account of such reemployment.

ARTICLE VI

CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT

6.1

Change in Control

(a)

Eligibility for Change in Control Benefit: Upon a Change in Control, the Participating Company shall pay to each Participant who is an Employee on the date of the Change in Control a Change in Control Benefit in lieu of any other benefits to which the Participant may be entitled under the Plan. The Change in Control Benefit shall be subject to the conditions and adjustments described in Subsection (b) of this Section.

(b)

Amount, Form and Commencement of Change in Control Benefit:

(1)

The present value of the Change in Control Benefit as of the Annuity Starting Date, determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis, shall equal the Participant’s CIC Amount. The “CIC Amount” means the ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit that the Participant would have accrued as of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date had the Participant’s Years of Plan Participation continued unbroken through the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. (Solely for illustration purposes, the CIC Amount of a Participant whose ORP Accrued Retirement Benefit schedule attached to the Participant’s ORP Agreement was Exhibit B hereto would be $500,000, irrespective of the plan year or the Participant’s age during which the Change in Control occurred.)

(2)

The Participant (i) may make an election to have the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit paid in a single lump sum or in equal monthly installments over 10, 15 or 20 years, and (ii) may make an election to have payment of the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit commence at a time later than the Annuity Starting Date described in Section 1.2(c). Such elections must be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1(b); provided, however, that if a Participant fails to make a payment election for the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit, the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum as of the Annuity Starting Date described in Section 1.2(c).

(3)

If a Participant elects payment of the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit in monthly installments for a period certain, then payment shall be made to the Participant beginning on the Annuity Starting Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until expiration of the period certain. The present value of the monthly installments as of the Annuity Starting Date, determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis, shall equal the Participant’s CIC Amount.

(4)

If a Participant elects to have payment of the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit commence at a time later than the Annuity Starting Date, then payment shall be made to the Participant beginning on the date elected and, if in monthly installments, continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until the expiration of the period certain. If payment is in a single lump sum, the amount of the lump sum shall equal the Participant’s CIC Amount, increased at the rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis for the period from the Annuity Starting Date to the date of payment of the single lump sum; provided, however, that no increase shall apply after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. If payment is made in monthly installments, the present value of the monthly installments as of the date payment commences, determined by using a discount rate of 8% per annum simple interest (not compounded), shall equal the Participant’s CIC Amount, increased at the rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis for the period from the Annuity Starting Date to the date payment of the monthly installments commence; provided, however, that no increase shall apply after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

(5)

If a Participant entitled to a Change in Control Benefit dies before payment of the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit has begun or been completed, then full payment of the Change in Control Benefit, as determined under this Section, shall still be made, and the payment(s) remaining to be paid shall be paid instead to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a lump sum on the Annuity Starting Date described in Section 1.2(b). If payment of the Change in Control Benefit had not begun before the Participant’s death, the amount of the lump sum shall be the Participant’s CIC Amount, increased, if the Participant had elected a benefit commencement date later than the Annuity Starting Date provided in Section 1.2(c), at the rate of 8% per annum using simple interest computed on a monthly basis for the period from said Annuity Starting Date to the Annuity Starting Date described in Section 1.2(b); provided, however, that no such increase shall apply after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. If payment of the Change in Control Benefit had begun before the Participant’s death, the amount of the lump sum shall be the present value of the remaining monthly installments as determined in Section 4.2.

(c)

Benefits of Other Participants: If, as of the date of a Change in Control, a Participant is not entitled to a Change in Control Benefit under the preceding provisions of this Section but is entitled to one or more future payments under Article III or Article V, such benefits shall be paid when, as and in the amount(s) provided in Article III or V, and Article IV if he dies before all benefit payments have been made. If, as of the date of a Change in Control, any death benefit remains to be paid with respect to a deceased Participant, such death benefit shall be paid when, as and in the amount provided in Article IV.

6.2

Enlargement of Benefits

Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the right prior to (but not after) a Change in Control to unilaterally increase the amount of any benefit for any Participant or Beneficiary.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS

7.1

Suicide

Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if any Participant dies as a result of suicide within 30 months of entering into an ORP Agreement, then the Participant’s benefits under the Plan shall be forfeited, and no benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

7.2

Noncompetition

In the event a Participant, during the period of the Participant’s employment and for 3 years following the Termination of Employment for any Cause or without Cause, (i) directly or indirectly, engages in the same or similar line of business carried on by any Participating Company in any territory in which any Participating Company is doing business during the period of one year preceding the Participant’s Termination of Employment, (ii) directly or indirectly, either for the Participant’s own account or for the account of any other person or entity, hires, solicits or attempts to persuade any employee, agent or consultant of any Participating Company to terminate or alter such person’s relationship with any Participating Company to any Participating Company’s detriment, or (iii) persuades, encourages or causes, directly or indirectly, any supplier or customer of any Participating Company, including but not limited to any supplier or customer with whom the Participant had or has material contacts in the course of the Participant’s employment with any Participating Company, to terminate such person’s relationship with any Participating Company or divert any business from any Participating Company, then the Participant shall forfeit any benefit to which the Participant may be entitled hereunder and within 30 days of a written request of the Company shall reimburse the Company for any benefit paid to Participant hereunder. This Section shall not apply to any actions which occur after both a Participant’s Termination of Employment and a Change in Control.

7.3

Forfeiture for Cause

Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant shall forfeit all rights to any benefits under the Plan if the Participant is Terminated for Cause by any Participating Company.

7.4

Special Provisions for “Specified Employees”

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent applicable, in no event shall a Retirement Benefit or Severance Benefit be made to a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code earlier than 6 months after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, except in connection with the Participant’s death.

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

8.1

Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator shall have general responsibility for the administration of the Plan (including but not limited to complying with reporting and disclosure requirements and establishing and maintaining Plan records). In the exercise of the Plan Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion, the Plan Administrator shall interpret the Plan’s provisions (and all ambiguities) and, subject to the Committee’s approval, determine the eligibility of individuals for benefits.

8.2

Agents

The Plan Administrator may engage such legal counsel, certified public accountants and other advisors and service providers, who may be advisors or service providers for one or more Participating Companies, and make use of such agents and clerical or other personnel, as it shall require or may deem advisable for purposes of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may rely upon the written opinion of any legal counsel or accountants engaged by the Plan Administrator, and may delegate to any person or persons the Plan Administrator’s authority to perform any act hereunder, including, without limitation, those matters involving the exercise of discretion, provided that such delegation shall be subject to revocation at any time at the discretion of the Plan Administrator.

8.3

Reports to the Committee

The Plan Administrator shall report to the Committee as frequently as the Committee shall specify, with regard to the matters for which the Plan Administrator is responsible under the Plan.

8.4

Limitations on the Plan Administrator

The Plan Administrator shall not be entitled to act on or decide any matter relating solely to Plan Administrator or any of Plan Administrator’s rights or benefits under the Plan. In the event the Plan Administrator is unable to act in any matter by reason of the foregoing restriction, the Committee shall act on such matter. The Plan Administrator shall not receive any special compensation for serving in the capacity but shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith. Except as otherwise required by ERISA, no bond or other security shall be required of the Plan Administrator in any jurisdiction. The Plan Administrator or any agent to whom the Plan Administrator delegates any authority, and any other person or group of persons, may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

8.5

Benefit Elections, Procedures and Calculations

The Plan Administrator shall establish, and may alter, amend and modify from time to time, the procedures pursuant to which Participants and Beneficiaries may make their respective elections, requests and designations under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall also establish the election and designation forms that Participants and Beneficiaries must use for such purposes. No election, request or designation by a Participant or a Beneficiary shall be effective unless and until it has been executed and delivered to the Plan Administrator (or the Plan Administrator’s authorized representative) and has also satisfied any other conditions or requirements that may apply to such election, request or designation under any other applicable provision of the Plan.

8.6

Instructions for Payments

8.7

Claims for Benefits

(a)

General: In the event a claimant has a claim under the Plan, such claim shall be made by the claimant’s filing a notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. (A claimant may authorize a representative to act on the claimant’s behalf with respect to the claim.) Each such claim shall be referred to the Plan Administrator for the initial decision with respect thereto. Each claimant who has submitted a claim to the Plan Administrator shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to state such claimant’s position and to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim to the Plan Administrator for Plan Administrator’s consideration in rendering Plan Administrator’s decision with respect thereto. A claimant shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim.

(b)

Plan Administrator’s Decision: The Plan Administrator will consider the claim and make a decision and notify the claimant in writing within a reasonable period of time but not later than 90 days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim. Under special circumstances, the Plan Administrator may take up to an additional 90 days to review the claim if the Plan Administrator determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the Plan Administrator’s control. If this happens, the claimant will be notified before the end of the initial 90-day period of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a decision. If any part of the claim is denied, the notice will include specific reasons for the denial and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, describe any additional material or information necessary to file the claim properly and explain why this material or information is necessary, and describe the Plan’s review procedures, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefits determination on review.

(c)

The decision of the Committee will be final and conclusive upon all persons interested therein, except to the extent otherwise provided by applicable law.

8.8

Hold Harmless

To the maximum extent permitted by law, no member of the Committee or the Plan Administrator shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by the Plan Administrator or a member of the Committee or on such member’s behalf in such member’s capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and each Participating Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums of which are paid from the Company’s own assets), the Plan Administrator and each member of the Committee and each other officer, employee, or director of any Participating Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of any Participating Company) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith or such indemnification is contrary to law.

8.9

Service of Process

The Secretary of the Company or such other person designated by the Board shall be the agent for service of process under the Plan.

ARTICLE IX

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

9.1

Beneficiary Designation

Every Participant shall file with the Plan Administrator a written designation of one or more persons as the Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the benefits, if any, payable under the Plan after the Participant’s death. A Participant may from time to time revoke or change such Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Plan Administrator. The last such designation received by the Plan Administrator shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Plan Administrator prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of any date prior to such receipt. All decisions of the Committee concerning the effectiveness of any Beneficiary designation and the identity of any Beneficiary shall be final. If a Beneficiary dies after the death of the Participant and prior to receiving the payment(s) that would have been made to such Beneficiary had such Beneficiary’s death not occurred, and if no contingent Beneficiary has been designated, then for the purposes of the Plan any remaining payments that would have been received by such Beneficiary shall be made to the Beneficiary’s estate.

9.2

Failure to Designate Beneficiary

If no Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of the Participant’s death (including a situation where no designated Beneficiary is alive or in existence at the time of the Participant’s death), the benefits, if any, payable under the Plan after the Participant’s death shall be made to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, if any, or if the Participant has no Surviving Spouse, to the Participant’s estate. If the Plan Administrator is in doubt as to the right of any person to receive such benefits, the Plan Administrator may direct the Participating Company to withhold payment, without liability for any interest thereon, until the rights thereto are determined, or the Plan Administrator may direct the Participating Company to pay any such amount into any court of appropriate jurisdiction; and such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Participating Company.

ARTICLE X

WITHDRAWAL OF PARTICIPATING COMPANY

10.1

Withdrawal of Participating Company

A Participating Company (other than the Company) may withdraw from participation in the Plan by giving the Board prior written notice approved by resolution by its board of directors or similar governing body specifying a withdrawal date, which shall be the last day of a month at least 30 days subsequent to the date on which notice is received by the Board. The Participating Company shall withdraw from participating in the Plan if and when it ceases to be either a division of the Company or an Affiliate. The Committee may require the Participating Company to withdraw from the Plan, as of any withdrawal date the Committee specifies.

10.2

Effect of Withdrawal

A Participating Company’s withdrawal from the Plan shall not in any way modify, reduce or otherwise affect benefits accrued as of the date of withdrawal. With respect to former Employees, “accrued benefits” are benefits to which the former Employees are entitled under the provisions of the Plan as the provisions existed immediately before the withdrawal. With respect to Employees, “accrued benefits” are the benefits to which the Employees would be entitled under the provisions of the Plan as the provisions existed immediately before the withdrawal if their employment had terminated (other than on account of death or Total Disability) on the day before the withdrawal. Withdrawal from the Plan by any Participating Company shall not in any way affect any other Participating Company’s participation in the Plan.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

11.1

Right to Amend or Terminate Plan

(a)

By the Board or the Committee: Subject to Subsection (c) of this Section, the Board or the Committee reserves the right at any time to amend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, and for any reason and without the consent of any Participating Company, Participant, or Beneficiary. Each Participating Company by its participation in the Plan shall be deemed to have delegated this authority to the Committee.

(b)

(c)

Limitations: In no event shall an amendment or termination of the Plan modify, reduce or otherwise affect benefits accrued as of the date of the amendment or termination. With respect to former Employees, “accrued benefits” are benefits to which the former Employees are entitled under the provisions of the Plan as the provisions existed immediately before the amendment or termination. With respect to Employees, “accrued benefits” are the benefits to which the Employees would be entitled under the provisions of the Plan as the provisions existed immediately before the amendment or termination if their employment had terminated without Cause (other than on account of death or Total Disability) on the day before the amendment or termination. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Subsection, from and after the date of a Change in Control no amendment or termination may be made to the Plan that, without the express written consent of the affected Participant or Beneficiary (as the case may be), directly or indirectly changes the amount, time or method of payment of (i) any Change in Control Benefit resulting from the Change in Control or (ii) any Retirement Benefit, Severance Benefit, death benefit or other benefit that had accrued by the date of the Change in Control.

(d)

Effect of Amendment and Restatement: This amendment and restatement of the Plan shall not affect the time, amount or method of payment of Plan benefits paid on or after the Effective Date to any Participant whose employment with the Company terminated on or before the Effective Date, and such Participant’s benefits (including any death benefits) shall be determined under the provisions of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date; provided, however, upon a Change in Control, the provisions of Section 6.1(c) and Subsection (c) of this Section shall apply to any remaining benefits of such Participant.

11.2

Notice

Notice of any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be given by the Board or the Committee, whichever adopts the amendment, to the other and to all Participating Companies.

ARTICLE XII

GENERAL PROVISIONS AND LIMITATIONS

12.1

No Right to Continued Employment

Nothing contained in the Plan shall give any Employee the right to be retained in the employment of any Participating Company or affect the right of any such employer to dismiss any Employee with or without Cause. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not constitute a contract between any Participating Company and Employee or consideration for, or an inducement to or condition of, the employment of any Employee. Unless a written contract of employment has been executed by a duly authorized representative of a Participating Company, such Employee is an “employee at will.”

12.2

Payment on Behalf of Payee

12.3

Nonalienation

If any Participant or Beneficiary hereunder becomes bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right hereunder, then such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, cease and terminate; and in such event, the Plan Administrator may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of the Participant or Beneficiary or the spouse, children, or other dependents of the Participant or Beneficiary, or any of them, in such manner and in such amounts and proportions as the Plan Administrator may deem proper.

12.4

Missing Payee

If the Plan Administrator cannot ascertain the whereabouts of any person to whom a payment is due under the Plan, and if, after five years from the date such payment is due, a notice of such payment due is mailed to the last known address of such person, as shown on the records of the Plan Administrator or any Participating Company, and within three months after such mailing such person has not made written claim therefore, the Plan Administrator if the Plan Administrator so elects, after receiving advice from counsel to the Plan, may direct that such payment and all remaining payments otherwise due to such person be canceled on the records of the Plan and the amount thereof forfeited; and upon such cancellation, the Participating Company shall have no further liability therefore, except that, in the event such person later notifies the Plan Administrator of such person’s whereabouts and requests the payment or payments due to such person under the Plan, the amounts otherwise due but unpaid shall be paid to such person without interest for late payment.

12.5

Required Information

12.6

No Trust or Funding Created

The obligations of each Participating Company to make payments hereunder constitutes a liability of such Participating Company to a Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be. Such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Participating Company; and the Participating Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or purchase or acquire life insurance on a Participant’s life, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payment shall be made; and neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall have any interest in any particular asset of the Participating Company by reason of its obligations hereunder. Nothing contained in the Plan shall create or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or any other fiduciary relationship between any Participating Company and a Participant or any other person, it being the intention of the parties that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for Title I of ERISA. The rights and claims of a Participant or a Beneficiary to a benefit provided hereunder shall have no greater or higher status than the rights and claims of any other general, unsecured creditor of any Participating Company; and the Plan constitutes a mere promise to make benefit payments in the future.

12.7

Binding Effect

12.8

Merger or Consolidation

In the event of a merger or a consolidation by any Participating Company with another corporation, or the acquisition of substantially all of the assets or outstanding stock of a Participating Company by another corporation, then and in such event the obligations and responsibilities of such Participating Company under the Plan shall be assumed by any such successor or acquiring corporation; and all of the rights, privileges and benefits of the Participants and Beneficiaries hereunder shall continue.

12.9

Entire Plan

This document, any elections provided for in the Plan, any written amendments hereto and the ORP Agreements contain all the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall constitute the entire Plan, any other alleged terms or provisions being of no effect.

12.10

Withholding

Each Participating Company shall withhold from benefit payments all taxes required by law.

12.11

Compliance with Section 409A of the Code

12.12

Construction

12.13

Applicable Law

The Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, except to the extent such laws are preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed this 7^th day of December, 2005.


COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

By:		/s/ Henry W. Flint
Officer’s Name:		Henry W. Flint
Officer’s Title:		Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman

EXHIBIT A

ORP AGREEMENT

THIS ORP AGREEMENT is made this day of , 200 , by and between Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated (the “Company”) and , an employee of the Participating Company (the “Participant”).

W I T NE S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated Officer Retention Plan (the “Plan”) for the purpose of providing additional incentives to a select group of highly compensated or management employees of the Participating Company; and

WHEREAS, the Participant has been selected for participation in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is made to evidence the Participant’s participation in the Plan and to set forth certain bases for determining the Participant’s benefits under the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Participant hereby agree as follows:

1. Incorporation of Plan. The Plan (and all its provisions), as it now exists and as it may be amended hereafter, is incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement.

2. Definitions. When used herein, terms that are defined in the Plan shall have the meanings given them in the Plan unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.

3. No Interest Created. Neither the Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary, nor any other person claiming under the Participant shall have any interest in any assets of the Company, including policies of insurance. The Participant and such Beneficiary shall have only the right to receive benefits under and subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

4. Benefits. The amount of the Participant’s benefits, if any, shall be determined according to the Schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof.

5. Benefit Elections. The Participant may make an election regarding the form of payment of the Participant’s Retirement Benefit and Severance Benefit and the form and timing of payment of the Participant’s Change in Control Benefit on an election form provided by the Plan Administrator. To be effective, such elections must be filed with the Plan Administrator within 30 days following the date of this Agreement. Such elections shall become irrevocable 30 days from the date of this Agreement; no subsequent change to the election is permitted.

6. Noncompetition. As provided in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any benefits to or on behalf of the Participant if, within 3 years of Termination of Employment, the Participant competes with or becomes interested in a business which competes with any Participating Company. This provision shall not apply, however, if the Participant’s Termination of Employment occurs after a Change in Control.

Exhibit A-1

7. Suicide. As provided in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any benefits on behalf of the Participant if the Participant commits suicide within 30 months of date of this Agreement. If this Agreement replaces a prior ORP Agreement evidencing the Participant’s participation in the Plan, this 30 month period shall be measured from the date of the prior ORP Agreement.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement and all rights thereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and, to the extent that state law is applicable, the laws of the State of Delaware.

9. Notices. Whenever notices are required by the Plan, they shall be deemed given if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the parties of the following addresses or at such other addressee as may be designated in writing by the applicable party:


		Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated
		4100 Coca-Cola Plaza
		Charlotte, North Carolina 28211
		Attention: Plan Administrator



b.		Participant:

10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Participant with respect to the matters contained herein and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect thereto. Not in limitation of the foregoing, if the Participant has participated in the Plan, this Agreement supercedes and replaces any prior ORP Agreement evidencing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

11. Receipt of Plan. The Participant acknowledges the receipt of a copy of the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.


COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

By:
Officer’s Name:
Officer’s Title:


Participant

Exhibit A-2

SCHEDULE TO ORP AGREEMENT

_________________________________________

Name of Participant


Plan Year	Age	Benefit Earned (subject to vesting)

Exhibit A-3

Amended and Restated Split-Dollar and Deferred Compensation Agreement

Exhibit 10.24

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SPLIT-DOLLAR AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION

REPLACEMENT BENEFIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SPLIT-DOLLAR AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION REPLACEMENT BENEFIT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the th day of December, 2005, and shall be effective as of November 1, 2005 (the “Effective Date”), by and between COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and (the “Executive” and together with the Corporation, the “Parties”).

Statement of Purpose

The Corporation and Executive were parties to one or more Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreements (each a “Split-Dollar Agreement”), relating to the insurance policy(ies) listed on Schedule A attached hereto insuring the life of Executive (each a “Policy”), one or more Assignments of Life Insurance Policy as Collateral by Executive in favor of the Corporation (each a “Collateral Assignment”), and a Deferred Compensation Agreement (the “Deferred Compensation Agreement”), each of which is more particularly described on Schedule A attached hereto. Pursuant to a Split Dollar and Deferred Compensation Termination Agreement entered into between the Parties dated December 5, 2003, each Split-Dollar Agreement, each Collateral Assignment, and the Deferred Compensation Agreement were terminated and Executive agreed to assign each Policy to the Corporation. Also, effective as of December 5, 2003, the Parties entered into a Split-Dollar and Deferred Compensation Replacement Benefit Agreement (the “Replacement Agreement”). The Parties desire to amend and restate the Replacement Agreement to comply with the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”) and to provide certain transition relief available under the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Statement of Purpose and of the mutual promises set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby expressly acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Replacement Benefit.

(a) Initial Replacement Benefit. As of the Effective Date, Executive’s replacement benefit is the amount indicated on Schedule B.

(b) Amount of Replacement Benefit Upon Termination of Employment. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation (as defined in Paragraph 1(f)), regardless of the date, cause or manner of such termination, the Corporation shall pay to Executive (or, in the event such termination is the result of Executive’s death, his beneficiary designated pursuant to Paragraph 2) a replacement benefit equal to the amount indicated on Schedule B as of the end of the Corporation’s fiscal year immediately preceding such termination, increased on an interpolated basis through the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding such termination.

(c) Method of Payment of Replacement Benefit. Executive shall be given the opportunity during 2005 to make a payment election applicable to his replacement benefit. Such election may provide a different payment election for payments made during the Executive’s lifetime and payments made following the Executive’s death. Executive’s replacement benefit under Paragraph 1(b) shall be paid in accordance with Executive’s election in one of the following methods of payment:

(i) single lump sum payment;

(ii) five annual installments; or

(iii) ten annual installments.

Any such election shall be made on such form and pursuant to such procedures as are adopted by the Corporation for such purpose and shall be irrevocable as of December 31, 2005. In the event no method of payment election is in effect under this Paragraph 1(c) as of the date of the termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation, payment of Executive’s replacement benefit (whether made to the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiary) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment.

(d) Timing of Payment. Payment of Executive’s replacement benefit payable under Paragraph 1(b) shall commence within 60 days following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation; provided, however, that in the event Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), at the time of his termination of employment, payment of his replacement benefit may not commence earlier than 6 months after the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Corporation for a reason other than death.

(e) Amount of Installment Payments. In the event Executive’s replacement benefit is paid in the form of a single lump sum payment, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the replacement benefit provided in Paragraph 1(b). The amount of each annual installment payment payable under Paragraph 1(c)(ii) or (iii) shall be the amount necessary to amortize the replacement benefit in equal annual installments over the selected period using an interest rate equal to 8% compounded annually. Following termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation, the amount of the replacement benefit will not change.

(f) “Termination of Employment with the Corporation” Defined. For purposes of this Paragraph 1, the “termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation” means the termination of Executive’s employment not only with the Corporation, but also with any other entity (including a subsidiary of the Corporation) while such entity is considered part of the group that includes the Corporation by application of the rules of sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code (a “Related Company”). Therefore, Executive shall not have a “termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation” until such time as Executive is no longer in the employ of the Corporation or any Related Company.

2. Designation of Beneficiary. Executive may designate a beneficiary to receive payments payable hereunder after his death by filing with the Corporation a beneficiary designation on a form approved by the Corporation, bearing the name, address and relationship of the beneficiary and shall be in such other form and shall contain such other information as shall be satisfactory to the Corporation. The beneficiary may be changed by Executive at any time by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Corporation, said new beneficiary designation form to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 2. If Executive shall not be survived by the beneficiary designated in accordance with this Paragraph 2 or Executive shall have failed to designate a beneficiary in accordance with this Paragraph 2, then upon Executive’s death, any and all payments provided for herein shall be made to Executive’s surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate. If Executive shall be survived by the beneficiary designated as provided herein, and such beneficiary shall die prior to receiving all amounts payable hereunder to such deceased beneficiary if such beneficiary had lived, then all remaining amounts that would have been paid to such deceased beneficiary if living shall be paid to the estate of such deceased beneficiary.

3. No Assignment by Executive. Neither Executive, his beneficiary designated pursuant to Paragraph 2, his heirs, his estate, his executors, his administrators, other personal representatives, nor any other person claiming by, through or under him, shall have any right to commute, encumber, mortgage, hypothecate, pledge, assign, give or dispose of the right to receive any payment or payments hereunder, all of which payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable.

4. No Funding of Replacement Benefit. The Corporation shall be under no obligation whatever to purchase or maintain any contract, policy or other asset to provide the benefits under this Agreement. Further, any contract, policy or other asset which the Corporation may utilize to assure itself of the funds to provide the replacement benefit hereunder shall not serve in any way as security to Executive for the performance of the Corporation’s obligations under this Agreement. The rights accruing to Executive or any beneficiary hereunder shall be solely those of an unsecured creditor of the Corporation.

5. Withholding Taxes. To the extent the Corporation is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes in connection with any payment made or benefit realized by Executive or other person under this Agreement, and the amount available to the Corporation for such withholding are insufficient, it shall be a condition to the receipt of such payment or the realization of such benefit that Executive or such other person make arrangements satisfactory to the Corporation for payment of the balance of such taxes required to be withheld, which arrangements (in the discretion of the Board) may include relinquishment of a portion of such benefit. The Corporation and Executive or such other person may also make similar arrangements with respect to the payment of any taxes with respect to which withholding is not required.

6. ERISA Information. The following provisions are part of this Agreement and are intended to meet the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended:

(a) The named fiduciary under this Agreement is the Corporation.

(b) The funding policy under this Agreement is that the replacement benefit shall be paid from the general assets of the Corporation when due.

(c) For claims procedure purposes, the “Claims Manager” shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or its delegee.

(i) If for any reason a claim for benefits under this Agreement is denied by the Corporation, the Claims Manager shall deliver to the claimant a written explanation setting forth the specific reasons for the denial, specific references to the pertinent Agreement provisions on which the denial is based, such other data as may be pertinent and information on the procedures to be followed by the claimant in obtaining a review of his claim, all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. For this purpose:

(A) The claimant’s claim shall be deemed filed when presented orally or in writing to the Claims Manager.

(B) The Claims Manager’s explanation shall be in writing delivered to the claimant within 90 days of the date the claim is filed.

(ii) The claimant shall have 60 days following the claimant’s receipt of the denial of the claim to file with the Claims Manager a written request for review of the denial. For such review, the claimant or the claimant’s representative may submit pertinent documents and written issues and comments.

(iii) The Claims Manager shall decide the issue on review and furnish the claimant with a copy within 60 days of receipt of the claimant’s request for review of his claim. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific references to the pertinent Agreement provisions on which the decision is based. If a copy of the decision is not so furnished to the claimant within such 60 days, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement may not be amended, altered or modified except by a written instrument signed by the Parties or their respective successors or assigns and may not be otherwise terminated except as provided herein.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties, their heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

(c) This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina except to the extent (if any) superceded by the laws of the United States.

(d) Headings in this Agreement are provided for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of the terms hereof.

(e) All notices and other communications hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when either personally delivered or placed in the United States mails by Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to whom such notice is being given as follows:


As to the Corporation:		Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated
		4100 Coca-Cola Plaza
		Charlotte, North Carolina 28211

		Attention: Director of Officer Benefits

As to Executive:

Either party may change its address (or the name of the person to whose attention communications hereunder shall be directed) from time to time by serving notice thereof upon the other party as provided herein.

[Signature page follows on next page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the th day of December, 2005 to be effective as of the Effective Date.


“Executive”

[Name]

Address:







“Corporation”

COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO. CONSOLIDATED

By:		/s/ Henry W. Flint
Name:		Henry W. Flint
Title:		Executive Vice President and Assistant to the Chairman

Schedule A

Insurance Policy(ies)


Insurer		Policy Number		Policy Date

Split-Dollar Agreement(s)

Collateral Assignment Agreement(s)

Deferred Compensation Agreement

Schedule B

Replacement Benefit Amount

List of Subsidiaries

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES as of JANUARY 1, 2006


*Legal Name*	*State & Date Inc./Organized*	*Owned by*	*Ownership %*
CCBCC, Inc.	Delaware	Consolidated	100	%
	12/20/93

CCBCC Operations, LLC	Delaware	Consolidated	100	%
	10/15/2003

CCBCC Vending, LLC	Delaware	Operations/TN Soft	100	%
	9/25/03

Chesapeake Treatment Company, LLC	North Carolina 6/5/95	Operations	100	%

Coca-Cola Ventures, Inc.	Delaware	Consolidated	100	%
	6/17/93

Consolidated Beverage Co.	Delaware	Consolidated	100	%
	1/8/97

Consolidated Real Estate Group, LLC	North Carolina 01/04/2000	Consolidated	100	%

Beverage Plus, LLC	North Carolina	Consolidated	100	%
	10/02/2002

Data Ventures, LLC	Delaware	Consolidated	100	%
	03/12/1996

Heath Oil Co., Inc.	South Carolina	Operations	100	%
	9/9/86

TXN, Inc.	Delaware	Data Ventures	100	%
	01/03/90

Tennessee Soft Drink Production Company	Tennessee 12/22/88	Operations	100	%

Piedmont Coca-Cola Bottling Partnership	Delaware 07/02/93	CC Ventures	77	%

CCBC of Wilmington, Inc.	Delaware	Piedmont	100	%
	06/17/93

RVBC, Inc.	Delaware	Consolidated	100	%
	05/07/99

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-3 (No. 33-54657 and No. 333-71003) and the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-127047) of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated of our report dated March 13, 2006 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 16, 2006

Certification

Exhibit 31.1

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION

I, J. Frank Harrison, III, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


		/s/ J. Frank Harrison, III
Date: March 16, 2006		J. Frank Harrison, III
		Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Certification

Exhibit 31.2

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION

I, Steven D. Westphal, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


		/s/ Steven D. Westphal
Date: March 16, 2006		Steven D. Westphal
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Certifications

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Coca-Cola Bottling Co. Consolidated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending January 1, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, J. Frank Harrison, III, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Steven D. Westphal, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ J. Frank Harrison, III

J. Frank Harrison, III

Chairman of the Board of Directors and

Chief Executive Officer

March 16, 2006

/s/ Steven D. Westphal

Steven D. Westphal

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

March 16, 2006